Update gettext

git-svn-id: svn://svn.lyx.org/lyx/lyx-devel/trunk@8781 a592a061-630c-0410-9148-cb99ea01b6c8
This commit is contained in:
Lars Gullik Bjønnes 2004-05-26 16:53:50 +00:00
parent fdc1609e39
commit b02093873e
102 changed files with 11271 additions and 2308 deletions

740
ABOUT-NLS
View File

@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
Notes on the Free Translation Project
*************************************
Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project
is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all
Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project is
a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all
together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages.
A few packages already provide translations for their messages.
@ -48,10 +48,10 @@ included `libintl'.
INSTALL Matters
===============
Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language.
Most such packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own
ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the programs
they contain can be made to speak your own native language. Most such
packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own ways to
internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of
messages. It will automatically detect whether the system already
@ -131,6 +131,13 @@ system libraries. For example, some Swedish users who would rather
read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not
available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'.
Special advice for Norwegian users: The language code for Norwegian
bokma*l changed from `no' to `nb' recently (in 2003). During the
transition period, while some message catalogs for this language are
installed under `nb' and some older ones under `no', it's recommended
for Norwegian users to set `LANGUAGE' to `nb:no' so that both newer and
older translations are used.
In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG'
environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL'
to denote the language's main dialect. For example, `de' is equivalent
@ -171,229 +178,558 @@ Available Packages
==================
Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following
matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of July
2002. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of January
2004. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a
translation percentage of at least 50%.
Ready PO files be bg ca cs da de el en eo es et fi fr
+----------------------------------------+
Ready PO files af am ar az be bg bs ca cs da de el en en_GB eo es
+----------------------------------------------------+
a2ps | [] [] [] [] |
aegis | () |
ant-phone | () |
anubis | |
ap-utils | |
aspell | [] |
bash | [] [] [] [] |
batchelor | |
bfd | [] [] |
binutils | [] [] |
bison | [] [] [] [] |
clisp | [] [] [] [] |
bison | [] [] [] |
bluez-pin | [] [] [] |
clisp | |
clisplow | |
cpio | [] [] [] [] |
darkstat | () |
diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
enscript | [] [] |
error | [] [] [] |
fetchmail | [] () [] [] [] () |
fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
flex | [] [] [] [] [] |
gas | [] [] |
gawk | [] [] [] |
gcal | [] [] |
clisp | [] [] [] |
console-tools | [] [] |
coreutils | [] [] [] [] |
cpio | [] [] [] |
darkstat | [] () [] |
diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
e2fsprogs | [] [] [] |
enscript | [] [] [] [] |
error | [] [] [] [] [] |
fetchmail | [] () [] [] [] [] |
fileutils | [] [] [] |
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
flex | [] [] [] [] |
fslint | |
gas | [] |
gawk | [] [] [] [] |
gbiff | [] |
gcal | [] |
gcc | [] [] |
gettext | [] [] [] [] [] |
gnupg | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
gprof | [] [] |
gpsdrive | () () () () () |
grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] |
gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] |
gettext-tools | [] [] [] |
gimp-print | [] [] [] [] [] |
gliv | |
glunarclock | [] [] |
gnubiff | [] |
gnucash | [] () [] [] |
gnucash-glossary | [] () [] |
gnupg | [] () [] [] [] [] |
gpe-aerial | [] |
gpe-beam | [] [] |
gpe-calendar | [] [] |
gpe-clock | [] [] |
gpe-conf | [] [] |
gpe-contacts | [] [] |
gpe-edit | [] |
gpe-go | [] |
gpe-login | [] [] |
gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] |
gpe-sketchbook | [] [] |
gpe-su | [] [] |
gpe-taskmanager | [] [] |
gpe-timesheet | [] |
gpe-today | [] [] |
gpe-todo | [] [] |
gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] |
gprof | [] [] [] |
gpsdrive | () () () |
gramadoir | [] |
grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
gretl | [] |
gthumb | () () () |
hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
id-utils | [] [] [] |
indent | [] [] [] [] [] |
jpilot | () [] [] [] |
jwhois | [] [] |
kbd | [] [] [] |
ld | [] [] |
libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
libiconv | [] [] [] [] |
lifelines | () () |
lilypond | [] [] [] |
lingoteach | [] [] |
lingoteach_lessons| () () |
lynx | [] [] [] [] [] |
m4 | [] [] [] [] [] |
make | [] [] [] [] |
man-db | [] () () [] () () |
mysecretdiary | [] [] [] |
nano | [] () [] [] [] [] |
nano_1_0 | [] () [] [] [] [] |
opcodes | [] [] [] |
parted | [] [] [] [] [] |
ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
python | |
recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sh-utils | [] [] [] [] |
sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sketch | () [] () |
soundtracker | [] [] [] |
sp | [] |
tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
texinfo | [] [] [] [] [] |
textutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
util-linux | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
vorbis-tools | [] |
wastesedge | |
wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+----------------------------------------+
be bg ca cs da de el en eo es et fi fr
0 2 19 10 30 44 9 1 12 45 16 3 53
gl he hr hu id it ja ko lv nb nl nn
+-------------------------------------+
a2ps | () () [] |
bash | [] |
bfd | [] |
binutils | [] |
bison | [] [] [] [] |
clisp | [] |
clisp | |
clisplow | |
cpio | [] [] [] [] |
darkstat | () |
diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
enscript | [] [] |
error | [] |
fetchmail | [] |
fileutils | [] [] [] |
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
flex | [] |
gas | |
gawk | [] |
gcal | |
gcc | [] |
gettext | [] [] |
gnupg | [] [] [] [] |
gprof | |
gpsdrive | [] () () |
grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
gretl | |
gthumb | () () |
hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
gtick | [] () |
hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
id-utils | [] [] |
indent | [] [] [] [] |
jpilot | () () |
jwhois | [] [] |
kbd | |
ld | |
libc | [] [] [] [] |
libiconv | [] [] [] |
lifelines | |
lilypond | [] [] |
lingoteach | [] |
iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
iso_3166_1 | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
iso_3166_2 | |
iso_3166_3 | [] |
iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] |
iso_639 | |
jpilot | [] [] [] |
jtag | |
jwhois | [] |
kbd | [] [] [] [] [] |
latrine | () |
ld | [] [] |
libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
libgpewidget | [] [] |
libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] |
lifelines | [] () |
lilypond | [] |
lingoteach | |
lingoteach_lessons | () () |
lynx | [] [] [] [] |
m4 | [] [] [] [] |
mailutils | [] [] |
make | [] [] [] |
man-db | [] () [] [] () |
minicom | [] [] [] |
mysecretdiary | [] [] [] |
nano | [] () [] [] [] |
nano_1_0 | [] () [] [] [] |
opcodes | [] |
parted | [] [] [] [] [] |
ptx | [] [] [] [] [] |
python | |
radius | [] |
recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
rpm | [] [] |
screem | |
scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sh-utils | [] [] [] |
shared-mime-info | |
sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
silky | () |
skencil | [] () [] |
sketch | [] () [] |
soundtracker | [] [] [] |
sp | [] |
tar | [] [] [] [] |
texinfo | [] [] [] |
textutils | [] [] [] [] |
tin | () () |
tp-robot | |
tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
unicode-han-tra... | |
unicode-transla... | |
util-linux | [] [] [] [] [] |
vorbis-tools | [] [] [] [] |
wastesedge | () |
wdiff | [] [] [] [] |
wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
xchat | [] [] [] [] |
xfree86_xkb_xml | [] [] |
xpad | [] |
+----------------------------------------------------+
af am ar az be bg bs ca cs da de el en en_GB eo es
4 0 0 1 9 4 1 40 41 60 78 17 1 5 13 68
et eu fa fi fr ga gl he hr hu id is it ja ko lg
+-------------------------------------------------+
a2ps | [] [] [] () () |
aegis | |
ant-phone | [] |
anubis | [] |
ap-utils | [] |
aspell | [] [] |
bash | [] [] |
batchelor | [] [] |
bfd | [] |
binutils | [] [] |
bison | [] [] [] [] |
bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] |
clisp | |
clisp | [] |
console-tools | |
coreutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
cpio | [] [] [] [] |
darkstat | () [] [] [] |
diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
e2fsprogs | |
enscript | [] [] |
error | [] [] [] [] |
fetchmail | [] |
fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
flex | [] [] [] |
fslint | [] |
gas | [] |
gawk | [] [] [] |
gbiff | [] |
gcal | [] |
gcc | [] |
gettext | [] [] [] |
gettext-examples | [] [] |
gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] |
gettext-tools | [] [] [] |
gimp-print | [] [] |
gliv | () |
glunarclock | [] [] [] [] |
gnubiff | [] |
gnucash | () [] |
gnucash-glossary | [] |
gnupg | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
gpe-aerial | [] |
gpe-beam | [] |
gpe-calendar | [] [] [] |
gpe-clock | [] |
gpe-conf | [] |
gpe-contacts | [] [] |
gpe-edit | [] [] |
gpe-go | [] |
gpe-login | [] [] |
gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] |
gpe-sketchbook | [] |
gpe-su | [] |
gpe-taskmanager | [] |
gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] |
gpe-today | [] [] |
gpe-todo | [] [] |
gphoto2 | [] [] [] |
gprof | [] [] |
gpsdrive | () () () |
gramadoir | [] [] |
grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
gretl | [] [] |
gtick | [] [] [] |
hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
id-utils | [] [] [] [] |
indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
iso_3166_1 | [] [] [] [] [] |
iso_3166_2 | |
iso_3166_3 | |
iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
iso_639 | |
jpilot | [] () |
jtag | [] |
jwhois | [] [] [] [] |
kbd | [] |
latrine | [] |
ld | [] |
libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
libgpewidget | [] [] [] [] |
libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
lifelines | () |
lilypond | [] |
lingoteach | [] [] |
lingoteach_lessons | |
lynx | [] [] [] [] |
m4 | [] [] [] [] |
mailutils | |
make | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
man-db | () () |
mysecretdiary | [] |
nano | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] [] |
opcodes | [] [] |
minicom | [] [] [] [] |
mysecretdiary | [] [] |
nano | [] [] [] [] |
nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] |
opcodes | [] |
parted | [] [] [] |
ptx | [] [] [] [] [] |
ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
python | |
recode | [] [] [] |
sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sh-utils | [] [] [] |
sharutils | [] [] [] |
sketch | () |
radius | [] |
recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
rpm | [] [] |
screem | |
scrollkeeper | [] |
sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
shared-mime-info | [] [] [] |
sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
silky | () [] () () |
skencil | [] |
sketch | [] |
soundtracker | [] [] |
sp | |
tar | [] [] [] [] [] |
texinfo | [] [] [] |
textutils | [] [] [] |
util-linux | () [] |
vorbis-tools | |
wastesedge | |
wdiff | [] [] [] |
wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+-------------------------------------+
gl he hr hu id it ja ko lv nb nl nn
23 9 12 18 14 13 26 9 1 8 19 4
sp | [] () |
tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
texinfo | [] [] [] [] |
textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
tin | [] () |
tp-robot | [] |
tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
unicode-han-tra... | |
unicode-transla... | [] [] |
util-linux | [] [] [] [] () [] |
vorbis-tools | [] |
wastesedge | () |
wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
xchat | [] [] [] |
xfree86_xkb_xml | [] [] |
xpad | [] [] |
+-------------------------------------------------+
et eu fa fi fr ga gl he hr hu id is it ja ko lg
22 2 1 26 106 28 24 8 10 41 33 1 26 33 12 0
no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh_TW
+----------------------------------------+
a2ps | () () () [] [] [] [] [] | 10
bash | [] | 6
bfd | [] [] | 5
binutils | [] [] | 5
bison | [] [] [] | 11
clisp | | 5
lt lv mk mn ms mt nb nl nn no nso pl pt pt_BR ro ru
+-----------------------------------------------------+
a2ps | [] [] () () [] [] [] |
aegis | () () () |
ant-phone | [] [] |
anubis | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
ap-utils | [] () [] |
aspell | [] |
bash | [] [] [] |
batchelor | [] |
bfd | [] |
binutils | [] |
bison | [] [] [] [] [] |
bluez-pin | [] [] [] |
clisp | |
clisp | [] |
console-tools | [] |
coreutils | [] [] |
cpio | [] [] [] [] [] |
darkstat | [] [] [] [] |
diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
e2fsprogs | [] |
enscript | [] [] [] [] |
error | [] [] [] |
fetchmail | [] [] () [] |
fileutils | [] [] [] |
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
flex | [] [] [] [] |
fslint | [] [] |
gas | |
gawk | [] [] [] |
gbiff | [] [] |
gcal | |
gcc | |
gettext | [] [] [] |
gettext-examples | [] [] [] |
gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] |
gettext-tools | [] [] |
gimp-print | [] |
gliv | [] [] [] |
glunarclock | [] [] [] [] |
gnubiff | [] |
gnucash | [] [] () [] |
gnucash-glossary | [] [] |
gnupg | [] |
gpe-aerial | [] [] [] [] |
gpe-beam | [] [] [] [] |
gpe-calendar | [] [] [] [] |
gpe-clock | [] [] [] [] |
gpe-conf | [] [] [] [] |
gpe-contacts | [] [] [] [] |
gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] |
gpe-go | [] [] [] |
gpe-login | [] [] [] [] |
gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] |
gpe-sketchbook | [] [] [] [] |
gpe-su | [] [] [] [] |
gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] [] |
gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] |
gpe-today | [] [] [] [] |
gpe-todo | [] [] [] [] |
gphoto2 | [] |
gprof | [] [] |
gpsdrive | () () [] |
gramadoir | () [] |
grep | [] [] [] [] [] |
gretl | |
gtick | [] [] [] |
hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
id-utils | [] [] [] [] |
indent | [] [] [] [] |
iso_3166 | [] [] [] |
iso_3166_1 | [] [] |
iso_3166_2 | |
iso_3166_3 | [] |
iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
iso_639 | [] |
jpilot | () () |
jtag | |
jwhois | [] [] [] [] () |
kbd | [] [] [] |
latrine | [] |
ld | |
libc | [] [] [] [] |
libgpewidget | [] [] [] |
libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] |
lifelines | |
lilypond | |
lingoteach | |
lingoteach_lessons | |
lynx | [] [] [] |
m4 | [] [] [] [] [] |
mailutils | [] [] [] |
make | [] [] [] [] |
man-db | [] |
minicom | [] [] [] [] |
mysecretdiary | [] [] [] |
nano | [] [] [] [] [] |
nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
opcodes | [] [] |
parted | [] [] [] [] |
ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
python | |
radius | [] [] |
recode | [] [] [] [] |
rpm | [] [] [] |
screem | |
scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] [] |
sed | [] [] [] |
sh-utils | [] [] |
shared-mime-info | [] [] |
sharutils | [] [] |
silky | () |
skencil | [] [] |
sketch | [] [] |
soundtracker | |
sp | |
tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
texinfo | [] [] [] [] |
textutils | [] [] |
tin | |
tp-robot | [] |
tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
unicode-han-tra... | |
unicode-transla... | |
util-linux | [] [] [] |
vorbis-tools | [] [] [] |
wastesedge | |
wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] |
wget | [] [] [] |
xchat | [] [] [] |
xfree86_xkb_xml | [] [] |
xpad | [] [] |
+-----------------------------------------------------+
lt lv mk mn ms mt nb nl nn no nso pl pt pt_BR ro ru
1 2 0 3 12 0 10 69 6 7 1 40 26 36 76 63
sk sl sr sv ta th tr uk ven vi wa xh zh_CN zh_TW zu
+-----------------------------------------------------+
a2ps | [] [] [] [] | 16
aegis | | 0
ant-phone | | 3
anubis | [] [] | 9
ap-utils | () | 3
aspell | | 4
bash | | 9
batchelor | | 3
bfd | [] [] | 6
binutils | [] [] [] | 8
bison | [] [] | 14
bluez-pin | [] [] [] | 14
clisp | | 0
clisplow | | 0
cpio | [] [] [] [] | 12
darkstat | [] () | 1
diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 17
enscript | [] [] [] [] | 8
error | [] [] [] | 7
fetchmail | () () [] | 6
fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 13
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 21
flex | [] [] [] | 9
clisp | | 5
console-tools | | 3
coreutils | [] [] [] [] | 16
cpio | [] [] | 14
darkstat | [] [] [] () () | 12
diffutils | [] [] [] | 23
e2fsprogs | [] [] | 6
enscript | [] [] | 12
error | [] [] [] | 15
fetchmail | [] [] | 11
fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 17
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 29
flex | [] [] | 13
fslint | | 3
gas | [] | 3
gawk | [] [] | 6
gawk | [] [] | 12
gbiff | | 4
gcal | [] [] | 4
gcc | [] | 4
gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 13
gnupg | [] [] [] | 14
gprof | [] [] | 4
gpsdrive | [] [] () | 3
grep | [] [] [] [] | 18
gretl | | 1
gthumb | () () [] | 1
hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 28
id-utils | [] [] [] [] | 9
indent | [] [] [] [] [] | 14
jpilot | () () [] | 4
jwhois | [] () () [] [] | 7
kbd | [] [] | 5
ld | [] [] | 4
libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 17
libiconv | [] [] [] [] | 11
lifelines | [] | 1
lilypond | [] | 6
lingoteach | [] [] | 5
lingoteach_lessons| | 0
lynx | [] [] [] [] | 13
m4 | [] [] [] | 12
make | [] [] [] [] | 14
man-db | | 3
mysecretdiary | [] [] [] | 7
nano | [] [] [] [] | 15
nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] | 14
opcodes | [] [] | 7
parted | [] [] [] | 11
ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 19
gettext | [] [] [] [] [] | 16
gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] | 14
gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 22
gettext-tools | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 14
gimp-print | [] [] | 10
gliv | | 3
glunarclock | [] [] [] | 13
gnubiff | | 3
gnucash | [] [] | 9
gnucash-glossary | [] [] [] | 8
gnupg | [] [] [] [] | 17
gpe-aerial | [] | 7
gpe-beam | [] | 8
gpe-calendar | [] [] [] [] | 13
gpe-clock | [] [] [] | 10
gpe-conf | [] [] | 9
gpe-contacts | [] [] [] | 11
gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] [] | 12
gpe-go | | 5
gpe-login | [] [] [] [] [] | 13
gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] | 13
gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | 9
gpe-su | [] [] [] | 10
gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] | 10
gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] | 12
gpe-today | [] [] [] [] [] | 13
gpe-todo | [] [] [] [] | 12
gphoto2 | [] [] [] | 11
gprof | [] [] | 9
gpsdrive | [] [] | 3
gramadoir | [] | 5
grep | [] [] [] [] | 26
gretl | | 3
gtick | | 7
hello | [] [] [] [] [] | 34
id-utils | [] [] | 12
indent | [] [] [] [] | 21
iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 27
iso_3166_1 | [] [] [] | 16
iso_3166_2 | | 0
iso_3166_3 | | 2
iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 24
iso_639 | | 1
jpilot | [] [] [] [] [] | 9
jtag | [] | 2
jwhois | () [] [] | 11
kbd | [] [] | 11
latrine | | 2
ld | [] [] | 5
libc | [] [] [] [] | 20
libgpewidget | [] [] [] [] | 13
libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 27
lifelines | [] | 2
lilypond | [] | 3
lingoteach | | 2
lingoteach_lessons | () | 0
lynx | [] [] [] | 14
m4 | [] [] | 15
mailutils | | 5
make | [] [] [] | 16
man-db | [] | 5
minicom | | 11
mysecretdiary | [] [] | 10
nano | [] [] [] [] | 17
nano_1_0 | [] [] [] | 17
opcodes | [] [] | 6
parted | [] [] [] | 15
ptx | [] [] | 22
python | | 0
recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15
sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 23
sh-utils | [] | 8
sharutils | [] [] [] [] | 13
sketch | [] () [] | 4
soundtracker | [] | 6
sp | | 1
tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 18
texinfo | [] [] | 10
textutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 13
util-linux | [] [] [] | 10
vorbis-tools | [] | 2
radius | | 4
recode | [] [] [] | 20
rpm | [] [] | 9
screem | [] [] | 2
scrollkeeper | [] [] [] | 15
sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 24
sh-utils | [] [] | 14
shared-mime-info | [] [] | 7
sharutils | [] [] [] [] | 17
silky | () | 3
skencil | [] | 6
sketch | [] | 6
soundtracker | [] [] | 7
sp | [] | 3
tar | [] [] [] [] [] | 24
texinfo | [] [] [] | 14
textutils | [] [] [] [] | 16
tin | | 1
tp-robot | | 2
tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] | 29
unicode-han-tra... | | 0
unicode-transla... | | 2
util-linux | [] [] | 15
vorbis-tools | | 8
wastesedge | | 0
wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] | 14
wdiff | [] [] [] | 18
wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 24
+----------------------------------------+
36 teams no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh_TW
67 domains 4 15 2 24 26 12 10 47 42 4 8 594
xchat | [] [] [] [] [] | 15
xfree86_xkb_xml | [] [] [] [] [] | 11
xpad | | 5
+-----------------------------------------------------+
63 teams sk sl sr sv ta th tr uk ven vi wa xh zh_CN zh_TW zu
131 domains 47 19 28 83 0 0 59 13 1 1 11 0 22 22 0 1373
Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are
@ -406,7 +742,7 @@ distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable
lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
distribution.
If July 2002 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of
If January 2004 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of
this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most up-to-date
matrix with full percentage details can be found at
`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'.
@ -423,7 +759,7 @@ library, whereas only free software can use `libintl' as a static
library or use modified versions of `libintl'.
Once the sources are changed appropriately and the setup can handle
to use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations. The
the use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations. The
Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not
developed inside the GNU project. Therefore the information given above
applies also for every other Free Software Project. Contact

View File

@ -1,3 +1,10 @@
2004-05-26 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
* Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add m4.
(DIST_SUBDIRS): Add m4.
(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS): New variable.
* configure.ac (AC_CONFIG_FILES): Add m4/Makefile.
2004-04-19 Angus Leeming <leeming@lyx.org>
* README.MacOSX: update to reflect Jean-Marc's comments to the list.

View File

@ -6,12 +6,12 @@ MAINTAINERCLEANFILES += $(srcdir)/aclocal.m4 \
$(srcdir)/configure \
$(srcdir)/acinclude.m4
DIST_SUBDIRS = config development intl po boost src sourcedoc lib
DIST_SUBDIRS = m4 config development intl po boost src sourcedoc lib
if USE_INCLUDED_BOOST
SUBDIRS = config development intl po boost src sourcedoc lib
SUBDIRS = m4 config development intl po boost src sourcedoc lib
else
SUBDIRS = config development intl po src sourcedoc lib
SUBDIRS = m4 config development intl po src sourcedoc lib
endif
EXTRA_DIST = ANNOUNCE INSTALL.OS2 INSTALL.autoconf README.OS2 \
@ -71,3 +71,5 @@ lgbtags:
etags --totals=yes --recurse=yes -o TAGS $(top_srcdir)/*
.PHONY: doxydoc
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4

View File

@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
#!/bin/sh
ACLOCAL="aclocal"
ACLOCAL="aclocal -I m4"
AUTOHEADER="autoheader"
AUTOMAKE="automake -a -c --foreign"
AUTOCONF="autoconf"
ACINCLUDE_FILES="lyxinclude.m4 libtool.m4 codeset.m4 intmax.m4 longdouble.m4 longlong.m4 nls.m4 printf-posix.m4 signed.m4 size_max.m4 wchar_t.m4 wint_t.m4 xsize.m4 gettext.m4 glibc21.m4 iconv.m4 isc-posix.m4 lcmessage.m4 progtest.m4 xforms.m4 qt.m4 gtk--.m4 gnome--.m4 gnome.m4 aspell.m4 pspell.m4 cygwin.m4 pkg.m4"
ACINCLUDE_FILES="lyxinclude.m4 libtool.m4 xforms.m4 qt.m4 gtk--.m4 gnome--.m4 gnome.m4 aspell.m4 pspell.m4 cygwin.m4 pkg.m4"
# Discover what version of autoconf we are using.
autoversion=`$AUTOCONF --version | head -n 1`

View File

@ -3,31 +3,14 @@ include $(top_srcdir)/config/common.am
EXTRA_DIST = \
common.am \
aspell.m4 \
codeset.m4 \
cygwin.m4 \
gettext.m4 \
glibc21.m4 \
gnome--.m4 \
gnome.m4 \
gtk--.m4 \
iconv.m4 \
intmax.m4 \
isc-posix.m4 \
lcmessage.m4 \
libtool.m4 \
longdouble.m4 \
longlong.m4 \
lyxinclude25x.m4 \
lyxinclude.m4 \
nls.m4 \
pkg.m4 \
printf-posix.m4 \
progtest.m4 \
pspell.m4 \
qt.m4 \
signed.m4 \
size_max.m4 \
wchar_t.m4 \
wint_t.m4 \
xforms.m4 \
xsize.m4
xforms.m4

View File

@ -1,32 +1,20 @@
#! /bin/sh
# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
scriptversion=2004-02-15.20
# Original author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu>
# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu>
# Created: 1993-05-16
# Public domain.
#
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
# Public domain
errstatus=0
dirmode=""
usage="\
Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [--version] [-m MODE] DIR ...
Create each directory DIR (with mode MODE, if specified), including all
leading file name components.
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [-m mode] dir ..."
# process command line arguments
while test $# -gt 0 ; do
case $1 in
-h | --help | --h*) # -h for help
echo "$usage"
echo "$usage" 1>&2
exit 0
;;
-m) # -m PERM arg
@ -35,10 +23,6 @@ while test $# -gt 0 ; do
dirmode=$1
shift
;;
--version)
echo "$0 $scriptversion"
exit 0
;;
--) # stop option processing
shift
break
@ -66,37 +50,17 @@ case $# in
0) exit 0 ;;
esac
# Solaris 8's mkdir -p isn't thread-safe. If you mkdir -p a/b and
# mkdir -p a/c at the same time, both will detect that a is missing,
# one will create a, then the other will try to create a and die with
# a "File exists" error. This is a problem when calling mkinstalldirs
# from a parallel make. We use --version in the probe to restrict
# ourselves to GNU mkdir, which is thread-safe.
case $dirmode in
'')
if mkdir -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -d ./--version; then
if mkdir -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then
echo "mkdir -p -- $*"
exec mkdir -p -- "$@"
else
# On NextStep and OpenStep, the `mkdir' command does not
# recognize any option. It will interpret all options as
# directories to create, and then abort because `.' already
# exists.
test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version
fi
;;
*)
if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
test ! -d ./--version; then
if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then
echo "mkdir -m $dirmode -p -- $*"
exec mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- "$@"
else
# Clean up after NextStep and OpenStep mkdir.
for d in ./-m ./-p ./--version "./$dirmode";
do
test -d $d && rmdir $d
done
fi
;;
esac
@ -143,8 +107,5 @@ exit $errstatus
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-end: "$"
# End:
# mkinstalldirs ends here

View File

@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ int mkstemp(char*);
### Finish the work.
AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS(lib lib/reLyX)
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile \
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile m4/Makefile \
boost/Makefile \
boost/libs/Makefile \
boost/libs/filesystem/Makefile \

View File

@ -1,13 +1,4 @@
2001-10-08 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <Jean-Marc.Lasgouttes@inria.fr>
2004-01-29 GNU <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
* update to gettext 0.10.40
2001-07-04 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <Jean-Marc.Lasgouttes@inria.fr>
* Makefile.in ($(OBJECTS)):
(INCLUDES): config.h is in src/
2001-05-23 GNU <bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org>
* update to gettext 0.10.38.
* Version 0.14.1 released.

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling library of GNU gettext
# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ SHELL = /bin/sh
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
top_builddir = ..
VPATH = @srcdir@
VPATH = $(srcdir)
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ subdir = intl
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac`
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(MKINSTALLDIRS)
l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
@ -52,57 +52,91 @@ YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@
-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DIN_LIBINTL \
-DENABLE_RELOCATABLE=1 -DIN_LIBRARY -DINSTALLDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DNO_XMALLOC \
-Dset_relocation_prefix=libintl_set_relocation_prefix \
-Drelocate=libintl_relocate \
-DDEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV=1 @DEFS@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgnuintl.h libgettext.h loadinfo.h
COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c
COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \
explodename.c dcigettext.c dcngettext.c dngettext.c ngettext.c plural.y \
localcharset.c
OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \
finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \
explodename.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dngettext.$lo ngettext.$lo \
plural.$lo localcharset.$lo
GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo
HEADERS = \
gmo.h \
gettextP.h \
hash-string.h \
loadinfo.h \
plural-exp.h \
eval-plural.h \
localcharset.h \
relocatable.h \
xsize.h \
printf-args.h printf-args.c \
printf-parse.h wprintf-parse.h printf-parse.c \
vasnprintf.h vasnwprintf.h vasnprintf.c \
os2compat.h \
libgnuintl.h.in
SOURCES = \
bindtextdom.c \
dcgettext.c \
dgettext.c \
gettext.c \
finddomain.c \
loadmsgcat.c \
localealias.c \
textdomain.c \
l10nflist.c \
explodename.c \
dcigettext.c \
dcngettext.c \
dngettext.c \
ngettext.c \
plural.y \
plural-exp.c \
localcharset.c \
relocatable.c \
localename.c \
log.c \
printf.c \
osdep.c \
os2compat.c \
intl-compat.c
OBJECTS = \
bindtextdom.$lo \
dcgettext.$lo \
dgettext.$lo \
gettext.$lo \
finddomain.$lo \
loadmsgcat.$lo \
localealias.$lo \
textdomain.$lo \
l10nflist.$lo \
explodename.$lo \
dcigettext.$lo \
dcngettext.$lo \
dngettext.$lo \
ngettext.$lo \
plural.$lo \
plural-exp.$lo \
localcharset.$lo \
relocatable.$lo \
localename.$lo \
log.$lo \
printf.$lo \
osdep.$lo \
intl-compat.$lo
DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc
DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c
# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
# change these values.
LTV_CURRENT=1
LTV_REVISION=1
LTV_AGE=0
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
.c.o:
$(COMPILE) $<
.c.lo:
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $<
.y.c:
$(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
rm -f $*.h
.sin.sed:
sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > t-$@
mv t-$@ $@
INCLUDES = -I../src -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc \
libgnuintl.h_vms Makefile.vms \
libgnuintl.h.msvc-static libgnuintl.h.msvc-shared README.woe32 Makefile.msvc
DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c \
COPYING.LIB-2 gettext.h libgettext.h plural-eval.c libgnuintl.h
all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
@ -118,23 +152,102 @@ libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
$(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
$(OBJECTS) @LIBICONV@ \
$(OBJECTS) @LTLIBICONV@ $(LIBS) -lc \
-version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
-rpath $(libdir) \
-no-undefined
libintl.h: libgnuintl.h
cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h libintl.h
# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
# change these values.
LTV_CURRENT=7
LTV_REVISION=0
LTV_AGE=4
charset.alias: config.charset
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
.c.o:
$(COMPILE) $<
.y.c:
$(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
rm -f $*.h
bindtextdom.lo: $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
dcgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
dgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
gettext.lo: $(srcdir)/gettext.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/gettext.c
finddomain.lo: $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
loadmsgcat.lo: $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
localealias.lo: $(srcdir)/localealias.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localealias.c
textdomain.lo: $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
l10nflist.lo: $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
explodename.lo: $(srcdir)/explodename.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/explodename.c
dcigettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
dcngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
dngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
ngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
plural.lo: $(srcdir)/plural.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural.c
plural-exp.lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
localcharset.lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
relocatable.lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
localename.lo: $(srcdir)/localename.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localename.c
log.lo: $(srcdir)/log.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/log.c
printf.lo: $(srcdir)/printf.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/printf.c
osdep.lo: $(srcdir)/osdep.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/osdep.c
intl-compat.lo: $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
ref-add.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin
sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin > t-ref-add.sed
mv t-ref-add.sed ref-add.sed
ref-del.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin
sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin > t-ref-del.sed
mv t-ref-del.sed ref-del.sed
INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I../src
libgnuintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in
sed -e 's,@''HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF''@,@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@,g' \
-e 's,@''HAVE_ASPRINTF''@,@HAVE_ASPRINTF@,g' \
-e 's,@''HAVE_SNPRINTF''@,@HAVE_SNPRINTF@,g' \
-e 's,@''HAVE_WPRINTF''@,@HAVE_WPRINTF@,g' \
< $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in > libgnuintl.h
libintl.h: libgnuintl.h
cp libgnuintl.h libintl.h
charset.alias: $(srcdir)/config.charset
$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
mv t-$@ $@
check: all
# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which
# only use the library should use install instead.
# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
# separate library.
@ -142,17 +255,35 @@ check: all
# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
install: install-exec install-data
install-exec: all
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
&& test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
$(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
$(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
if test "@RELOCATABLE@" = yes; then \
dependencies=`sed -n -e 's,^dependency_libs=\(.*\),\1,p' < $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la | sed -e "s,^',," -e "s,'\$$,,"`; \
if test -n "$$dependencies"; then \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la; \
fi; \
fi; \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
$(INSTALL_DATA) libgnuintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.so $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
@ -181,11 +312,11 @@ install-exec: all
: ; \
fi
install-data: all
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
$(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
dists="COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \
dists="COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
$(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
@ -205,18 +336,51 @@ install-data: all
: ; \
fi
install-strip: install
installdirs:
if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
else \
: ; \
fi
# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
installcheck:
uninstall:
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
&& test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
@ -243,25 +407,36 @@ uninstall:
else \
: ; \
fi
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
else \
: ; \
fi
info dvi:
info dvi ps pdf html:
$(OBJECTS): ../src/config.h libgnuintl.h
bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h
dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h
bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dgettext.$lo dngettext.$lo finddomain.$lo gettext.$lo intl-compat.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo ngettext.$lo textdomain.$lo: $(srcdir)/gettextP.h $(srcdir)/gmo.h $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.h
explodename.$lo l10nflist.$lo: $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo plural.$lo plural-exp.$lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.h
dcigettext.$lo: $(srcdir)/eval-plural.h
localcharset.$lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.h
localealias.$lo localcharset.$lo relocatable.$lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.h
printf.$lo: $(srcdir)/printf-args.h $(srcdir)/printf-args.c $(srcdir)/printf-parse.h $(srcdir)/wprintf-parse.h $(srcdir)/xsize.h $(srcdir)/printf-parse.c $(srcdir)/vasnprintf.h $(srcdir)/vasnwprintf.h $(srcdir)/vasnprintf.c
tags: TAGS
TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
ctags: CTAGS
CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && ctags -o $$here/CTAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
id: ID
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
@ -269,15 +444,15 @@ ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
mostlyclean:
rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.lo core core.*
rm -f libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.obj *.lo core core.*
rm -f libgnuintl.h libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
rm -f -r .libs _libs
clean: mostlyclean
distclean: clean
rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
else \
: ; \
@ -292,7 +467,10 @@ maintainer-clean: distclean
# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
dist distdir: Makefile
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
: ; \
else \
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime"; then \
additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
else \
additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
@ -300,13 +478,15 @@ dist distdir: Makefile
$(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
ln $$dir/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|| cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
done
cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
done; \
fi
Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
cd .. \
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status
# This would be more efficient, but doesn't work any more with autoconf-2.57,
# when AC_CONFIG_FILES([intl/Makefile:somedir/Makefile.in]) is used.
# cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.

View File

@ -1 +1 @@
GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.40
GNU gettext library from gettext-0.14.1

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@ -45,8 +45,8 @@
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
#if !defined _LIBC
# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
#endif
/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
@ -58,12 +58,17 @@
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
#ifdef _LIBC
extern const char _nl_default_dirname_internal[] attribute_hidden;
#else
# define INTUSE(name) name
#endif
/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
@ -77,15 +82,10 @@ __libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
# endif
#else
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET bind_textdomain_codeset__
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain
# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
#endif
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
const char **dirnamep,
const char **codesetp));
/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
@ -93,10 +93,8 @@ static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
modified nor returned. */
static void
set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
const char *domainname;
const char **dirnamep;
const char **codesetp;
set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
const char **dirnamep, const char **codesetp)
{
struct binding *binding;
int modified;
@ -146,8 +144,8 @@ set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
char *result = binding->dirname;
if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
{
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0)
result = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
else
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
@ -162,7 +160,7 @@ set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
{
if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
if (binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
free (binding->dirname);
binding->dirname = result;
@ -216,7 +214,7 @@ set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
{
/* Simply return the default values. */
if (dirnamep)
*dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
*dirnamep = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
if (codesetp)
*codesetp = NULL;
}
@ -238,11 +236,11 @@ set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
if (dirname == NULL)
/* The default value. */
dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
else
{
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0)
dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
else
{
char *result;
@ -265,7 +263,7 @@ set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
}
else
/* The default value. */
new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
new_binding->dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
@ -321,7 +319,7 @@ set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
if (0)
{
failed_codeset:
if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
if (new_binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
free (new_binding->dirname);
failed_dirname:
free (new_binding);
@ -343,9 +341,7 @@ set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
char *
BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
const char *domainname;
const char *dirname;
BINDTEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname, const char *dirname)
{
set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
return (char *) dirname;
@ -354,9 +350,7 @@ BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
char *
BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
const char *domainname;
const char *codeset;
BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (const char *domainname, const char *codeset)
{
set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
return (char *) codeset;

View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Copyright (C) 2000-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@ -30,21 +30,23 @@
# MIME charset name is preferred.
# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
#
# name used by which systems a MIME name?
# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd
# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
# ISO-8859-3 glibc yes
# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes
# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes
# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
# name MIME? used by which systems
# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd darwin
# ISO-8859-1 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd darwin
# ISO-8859-2 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd darwin
# ISO-8859-3 Y glibc solaris
# ISO-8859-4 Y osf solaris freebsd darwin
# ISO-8859-5 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd darwin
# ISO-8859-6 Y glibc aix hpux solaris
# ISO-8859-7 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
# ISO-8859-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris
# ISO-8859-9 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
# ISO-8859-13 glibc
# ISO-8859-14 glibc
# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes
# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes
# KOI8-R Y glibc solaris freebsd darwin
# KOI8-U Y glibc freebsd darwin
# KOI8-T glibc
# CP437 dos
# CP775 dos
# CP850 aix osf dos
@ -56,37 +58,40 @@
# CP862 dos
# CP864 dos
# CP865 dos
# CP866 freebsd dos
# CP866 freebsd darwin dos
# CP869 dos
# CP874 win32 dos
# CP874 woe32 dos
# CP922 aix
# CP932 aix win32 dos
# CP932 aix woe32 dos
# CP943 aix
# CP949 osf win32 dos
# CP950 win32 dos
# CP949 osf woe32 dos
# CP950 woe32 dos
# CP1046 aix
# CP1124 aix
# CP1125 dos
# CP1129 aix
# CP1250 win32
# CP1251 glibc win32
# CP1252 aix win32
# CP1253 win32
# CP1254 win32
# CP1255 win32
# CP1256 win32
# CP1257 win32
# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes
# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
# CP1250 woe32
# CP1251 glibc solaris darwin woe32
# CP1252 aix woe32
# CP1253 woe32
# CP1254 woe32
# CP1255 glibc woe32
# CP1256 woe32
# CP1257 woe32
# GB2312 Y glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd darwin
# EUC-JP Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd darwin
# EUC-KR Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd darwin
# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
# BIG5-HKSCS glibc
# GBK aix osf win32 dos
# GB18030 glibc
# SHIFT_JIS hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
# JOHAB glibc win32
# BIG5 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd darwin
# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris
# GBK glibc aix osf solaris woe32 dos
# GB18030 glibc solaris
# SHIFT_JIS Y hpux osf solaris freebsd darwin
# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32
# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris
# VISCII glibc yes
# VISCII Y glibc
# TCVN5712-1 glibc
# GEORGIAN-PS glibc
# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
# HP-GREEK8 hpux
@ -95,7 +100,7 @@
# HP-KANA8 hpux
# DEC-KANJI osf
# DEC-HANYU osf
# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
# UTF-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris
#
# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
@ -116,6 +121,105 @@ echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
# List of references, updated during installation:
echo "# Packages using this file: "
case "$os" in
linux-gnulibc1*)
# Linux libc5 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "C ASCII"
echo "POSIX ASCII"
for l in af af_ZA ca ca_ES da da_DK de de_AT de_BE de_CH de_DE de_LU \
en en_AU en_BW en_CA en_DK en_GB en_IE en_NZ en_US en_ZA \
en_ZW es es_AR es_BO es_CL es_CO es_DO es_EC es_ES es_GT \
es_HN es_MX es_PA es_PE es_PY es_SV es_US es_UY es_VE et \
et_EE eu eu_ES fi fi_FI fo fo_FO fr fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR \
fr_LU ga ga_IE gl gl_ES id id_ID in in_ID is is_IS it it_CH \
it_IT kl kl_GL nl nl_BE nl_NL no no_NO pt pt_BR pt_PT sv \
sv_FI sv_SE; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.iso-8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.iso-8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l.iso-8859-15@euro ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l@euro ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l.cp-437 CP437"
echo "$l.cp-850 CP850"
echo "$l.cp-1252 CP1252"
echo "$l.cp-1252@euro CP1252"
#echo "$l.atari-st ATARI-ST" # not a commonly used encoding
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8"
done
for l in cs cs_CZ hr hr_HR hu hu_HU pl pl_PL ro ro_RO sk sk_SK sl \
sl_SI sr sr_CS sr_YU; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-2"
echo "$l.iso-8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "$l.cp-852 CP852"
echo "$l.cp-1250 CP1250"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in mk mk_MK ru ru_RU; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.iso-8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.koi8-r KOI8-R"
echo "$l.cp-866 CP866"
echo "$l.cp-1251 CP1251"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in ar ar_SA; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-6"
echo "$l.iso-8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "$l.cp-864 CP864"
#echo "$l.cp-868 CP868" # not a commonly used encoding
echo "$l.cp-1256 CP1256"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in el el_GR gr gr_GR; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-7"
echo "$l.iso-8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "$l.cp-869 CP869"
echo "$l.cp-1253 CP1253"
echo "$l.cp-1253@euro CP1253"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8"
done
for l in he he_IL iw iw_IL; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-8"
echo "$l.iso-8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "$l.cp-862 CP862"
echo "$l.cp-1255 CP1255"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in tr tr_TR; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-9"
echo "$l.iso-8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "$l.cp-857 CP857"
echo "$l.cp-1254 CP1254"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in lt lt_LT lv lv_LV; do
#echo "$l BALTIC" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name
echo "$l ISO-8859-13"
done
for l in ru_UA uk uk_UA; do
echo "$l KOI8-U"
done
for l in zh zh_CN; do
#echo "$l GB_2312-80" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name
echo "$l GB2312"
done
for l in ja ja_JP ja_JP.EUC; do
echo "$l EUC-JP"
done
for l in ko ko_KR; do
echo "$l EUC-KR"
done
for l in th th_TH; do
echo "$l TIS-620"
done
for l in fa fa_IR; do
#echo "$l ISIRI-3342" # a broken encoding
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
;;
linux* | *-gnu*)
# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
@ -217,6 +321,7 @@ case "$os" in
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
@ -225,20 +330,27 @@ case "$os" in
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
echo "ansi-1251 CP1251"
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS"
echo "gb2312 GB2312"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "GB18030 GB18030"
echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
echo "5601 EUC-KR"
echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
freebsd*)
freebsd* | os2*)
# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
# Likewise for OS/2. OS/2 has XFree86 just like FreeBSD. Just
# reuse FreeBSD's locale data for OS/2.
echo "C ASCII"
echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
@ -270,6 +382,61 @@ case "$os" in
echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
;;
netbsd*)
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "eucCN GB2312"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
;;
darwin*)
# Darwin 6.8 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "C ASCII"
for l in en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US la_LN; do
echo "$l.US-ASCII ASCII"
done
for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT nl_BE \
nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in la_LN; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
done
for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
done
for l in ru_RU; do
echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
echo "$l.ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
done
for l in bg_BG; do
echo "$l.CP1251 CP1251"
done
echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
;;
beos*)
# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
echo "* UTF-8"
@ -284,7 +451,7 @@ case "$os" in
echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
echo "# and Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>."
echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>."
echo "#"
echo "C ASCII"
# ISO-8859-1 languages
@ -383,6 +550,7 @@ case "$os" in
echo "sq CP852"
echo "sq_AL CP852"
echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
echo "sr_CS CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
# ISO-8859-3 languages
echo "mt CP850"
@ -394,8 +562,10 @@ case "$os" in
echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "ru KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
echo "ru CP866"
echo "ru_RU CP866"
echo "uk CP1125"
echo "uk_UA CP1125"
# ISO-8859-6 languages
echo "ar CP864"
echo "ar_AE CP864"

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@ -37,22 +37,20 @@
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
#else
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
char *
DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
int category;
DCGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category)
{
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
INTDEF(__dcgettext)
weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
#endif

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@ -33,6 +33,10 @@
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#else
# ifdef _MSC_VER
# include <malloc.h>
# define alloca _alloca
# else
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
# include <alloca.h>
# else
@ -45,6 +49,7 @@ char *alloca ();
# endif
# endif
# endif
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef errno
@ -56,13 +61,7 @@ extern int errno;
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
# ifndef strchr
# define strchr index
# endif
#endif
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
# include <unistd.h>
@ -70,11 +69,26 @@ extern int errno;
#include <locale.h>
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Guess whether integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE.
Set to 1 only if you know for sure. In case of doubt, set to 0. */
# if defined __alpha__ || defined __arm__ || defined __i386__ \
|| defined __m68k__ || defined __s390__
# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 1
# else
# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 0
# endif
#endif
#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
# include <signal.h>
#endif
#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC
# include <sys/param.h>
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#include "plural-exp.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
@ -107,10 +121,10 @@ extern int errno;
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
#if !defined _LIBC
# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
#endif
/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
@ -134,13 +148,17 @@ extern int errno;
char *getwd ();
# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
# else
# if VMS
# define getcwd(buf, max) (getcwd) (buf, max, 0)
# else
char *getcwd ();
# endif
# endif
# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src);
# endif
# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n));
static void *mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n);
# endif
#endif
@ -198,16 +216,6 @@ static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n));
# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
#endif
/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
setting of `local'.''
However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and
ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g.
those using GNU C Library). */
#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2)
# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
#endif
/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations
are stored. */
struct known_translation_t
@ -244,11 +252,8 @@ static void *root;
# endif
/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */
static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2));
static int
transcmp (p1, p2)
const void *p1;
const void *p2;
transcmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
{
const struct known_translation_t *s1;
const struct known_translation_t *s2;
@ -272,39 +277,54 @@ transcmp (p1, p2)
}
#endif
#ifndef INTVARDEF
# define INTVARDEF(name)
#endif
#ifndef INTUSE
# define INTUSE(name) name
#endif
/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */
const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages";
const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden = "messages";
/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */
const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden
= _nl_default_default_domain;
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
#if defined __EMX__
extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
#else
const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR;
INTVARDEF (_nl_default_dirname)
#endif
/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
calls. */
struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain,
static char *plural_lookup (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain,
unsigned long int n,
const char *translation,
size_t translation_len))
const char *translation, size_t translation_len)
internal_function;
static unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
unsigned long int n))
internal_function;
static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
const char *categoryname))
static const char *guess_category_value (int category,
const char *categoryname)
internal_function;
#ifdef _LIBC
# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
# define category_to_name(category) _nl_category_names[category]
#else
static const char *category_to_name (int category) internal_function;
#endif
/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
some additional code emulating it. */
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
/* Nothing has to be done. */
# define freea(p) /* nothing */
# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
#else
@ -329,11 +349,13 @@ struct block_list
while (list != NULL) { \
struct block_list *old = list; \
list = list->next; \
free (old->address); \
free (old); \
} \
} while (0)
# undef alloca
# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
# define freea(p) free (p)
#endif /* have alloca */
@ -357,12 +379,12 @@ typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t;
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
#else
# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
#endif
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
#ifdef _LIBC
__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock)
__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
#endif
/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides
@ -395,17 +417,15 @@ static int enable_secure;
}
#endif
/* Get the function to evaluate the plural expression. */
#include "eval-plural.h"
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string
depending on the plural form determined by N. */
char *
DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
int plural;
unsigned long int n;
int category;
DCIGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2,
int plural, unsigned long int n, int category)
{
#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
@ -430,6 +450,15 @@ DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
if (msgid1 == NULL)
return NULL;
#ifdef _LIBC
if (category < 0 || category >= __LC_LAST || category == LC_ALL)
/* Bogus. */
return (plural == 0
? (char *) msgid1
/* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
: n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
#endif
__libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock);
/* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If
@ -438,6 +467,12 @@ DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
if (domainname == NULL)
domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
/* OS/2 specific: backward compatibility with older libintl versions */
#ifdef LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT
if (category == LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT)
category = LC_MESSAGES;
#endif
#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1;
@ -450,6 +485,7 @@ DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
search->category = category;
foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp);
freea (search);
if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr)
{
/* Now deal with plural. */
@ -486,7 +522,7 @@ DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
}
if (binding == NULL)
dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname))
dirname = binding->dirname;
else
@ -514,17 +550,9 @@ DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
}
if (ret == NULL)
{
/* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an
error but simply return the default string. */
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
__libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
__set_errno (saved_errno);
return (plural == 0
? (char *) msgid1
/* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
: n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
}
goto return_untranslated;
stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
}
@ -581,16 +609,7 @@ DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
domain. Return the MSGID. */
if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
|| strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
{
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
__libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
__set_errno (saved_errno);
return (plural == 0
? (char *) msgid1
/* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
: n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
}
break;
/* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */
@ -622,7 +641,6 @@ DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
/* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN:
starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
__set_errno (saved_errno);
#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
if (foundp == NULL)
{
@ -661,6 +679,8 @@ DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
(*foundp)->translation_length = retlen;
}
#endif
__set_errno (saved_errno);
/* Now deal with plural. */
if (plural)
retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen);
@ -670,19 +690,40 @@ DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
}
}
}
/* NOTREACHED */
return_untranslated:
/* Return the untranslated MSGID. */
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
__libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
#ifndef _LIBC
if (!ENABLE_SECURE)
{
extern void _nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename,
const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2,
int plural);
const char *logfilename = getenv ("GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED");
if (logfilename != NULL && logfilename[0] != '\0')
_nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural);
}
#endif
__set_errno (saved_errno);
return (plural == 0
? (char *) msgid1
/* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
: n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
}
char *
internal_function
_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
struct binding *domainbinding;
const char *msgid;
size_t *lengthp;
_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid,
size_t *lengthp)
{
struct loaded_domain *domain;
nls_uint32 nstrings;
size_t act;
char *result;
size_t resultlen;
@ -695,8 +736,10 @@ _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
nstrings = domain->nstrings;
/* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */
if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL)
if (domain->hash_tab != NULL)
{
/* Use the hashing table. */
nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
@ -706,22 +749,30 @@ _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
while (1)
{
nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
nls_uint32 nstr =
W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
if (nstr == 0)
/* Hash table entry is empty. */
return NULL;
/* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr-1.
nstr--;
/* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr.
We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries
are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */
if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) >= len
if (nstr < nstrings
? W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr].length) >= len
&& (strcmp (msgid,
domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset))
domain->orig_tab[nstr].offset))
== 0)
: domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].length > len
&& (strcmp (msgid,
domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].pointer)
== 0))
{
act = nstr - 1;
act = nstr;
goto found;
}
@ -739,7 +790,7 @@ _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
size_t top, bottom;
bottom = 0;
top = domain->nstrings;
top = nstrings;
while (bottom < top)
{
int cmp_val;
@ -762,9 +813,17 @@ _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
found:
/* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the
string to use a different character set, this is the time. */
result = ((char *) domain->data
+ W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset));
if (act < nstrings)
{
result = (char *)
(domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset));
resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1;
}
else
{
result = (char *) domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].pointer;
resultlen = domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].length;
}
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
if (domain->codeset_cntr
@ -797,7 +856,8 @@ _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
NULs. */
if (domain->conv_tab == NULL
&& ((domain->conv_tab = (char **) calloc (domain->nstrings,
&& ((domain->conv_tab =
(char **) calloc (nstrings + domain->n_sysdep_strings,
sizeof (char *)))
== NULL))
/* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */
@ -967,11 +1027,8 @@ _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
/* Look up a plural variant. */
static char *
internal_function
plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len)
struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
unsigned long int n;
const char *translation;
size_t translation_len;
plural_lookup (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, unsigned long int n,
const char *translation, size_t translation_len)
{
struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data;
unsigned long int index;
@ -1004,93 +1061,11 @@ plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len)
return (char *) p;
}
/* Function to evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */
static unsigned long int
internal_function
plural_eval (pexp, n)
struct expression *pexp;
unsigned long int n;
{
switch (pexp->nargs)
{
case 0:
switch (pexp->operation)
{
case var:
return n;
case num:
return pexp->val.num;
default:
break;
}
/* NOTREACHED */
break;
case 1:
{
/* pexp->operation must be lnot. */
unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
return ! arg;
}
case 2:
{
unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
if (pexp->operation == lor)
return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
else if (pexp->operation == land)
return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
else
{
unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
switch (pexp->operation)
{
case mult:
return leftarg * rightarg;
case divide:
return leftarg / rightarg;
case module:
return leftarg % rightarg;
case plus:
return leftarg + rightarg;
case minus:
return leftarg - rightarg;
case less_than:
return leftarg < rightarg;
case greater_than:
return leftarg > rightarg;
case less_or_equal:
return leftarg <= rightarg;
case greater_or_equal:
return leftarg >= rightarg;
case equal:
return leftarg == rightarg;
case not_equal:
return leftarg != rightarg;
default:
break;
}
}
/* NOTREACHED */
break;
}
case 3:
{
/* pexp->operation must be qmop. */
unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
}
}
/* NOTREACHED */
return 0;
}
#ifndef _LIBC
/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */
static const char *
internal_function
category_to_name (category)
int category;
category_to_name (int category)
{
const char *retval;
@ -1145,13 +1120,12 @@ category_to_name (category)
return retval;
}
#endif
/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */
static const char *
internal_function
guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
int category;
const char *categoryname;
guess_category_value (int category, const char *categoryname)
{
const char *language;
const char *retval;
@ -1166,27 +1140,21 @@ guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
/* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL',
`LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the
`setlocale' function itself. */
#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL)
retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
#ifdef _LIBC
retval = __current_locale_name (category);
#else
/* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */
retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
{
/* Next comes the name of the desired category. */
retval = getenv (categoryname);
if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
{
/* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */
retval = getenv ("LANG");
if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
/* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is
implementation defined. */
return "C";
}
}
retval = _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname);
#endif
/* Ignore LANGUAGE if the locale is set to "C" because
1. "C" locale usually uses the ASCII encoding, and most international
messages use non-ASCII characters. These characters get displayed
as question marks (if using glibc's iconv()) or as invalid 8-bit
characters (because other iconv()s refuse to convert most non-ASCII
characters to ASCII). In any case, the output is ugly.
2. The precise output of some programs in the "C" locale is specified
by POSIX and should not depend on environment variables like
"LANGUAGE". We allow such programs to use gettext(). */
return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval;
}
@ -1198,9 +1166,7 @@ guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
to be defined. */
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
static char *
stpcpy (dest, src)
char *dest;
const char *src;
stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
{
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
/* Do nothing. */ ;
@ -1210,10 +1176,7 @@ stpcpy (dest, src)
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY
static void *
mempcpy (dest, src, n)
void *dest;
const void *src;
size_t n;
mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n)
{
return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n);
}
@ -1223,8 +1186,7 @@ mempcpy (dest, src, n)
#ifdef _LIBC
/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
program's end. */
static void __attribute__ ((unused))
free_mem (void)
libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
{
void *old;
@ -1232,7 +1194,7 @@ free_mem (void)
{
struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings;
_nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next;
if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
if (oldp->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
/* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */
free (oldp->dirname);
free (oldp->codeset);
@ -1254,6 +1216,4 @@ free_mem (void)
free (old);
}
}
text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
#endif

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@ -37,19 +37,16 @@
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
#else
# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
char *
DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
int category;
DCNGETTEXT (const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n,
int category)
{
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
}

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@ -20,9 +20,10 @@
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#include <locale.h>
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
@ -37,18 +38,16 @@
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
#else
# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
char *
DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
DGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid)
{
return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
}

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@ -20,9 +20,10 @@
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#include <locale.h>
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
@ -39,18 +40,15 @@
# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
#else
# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__
# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext
# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
char *
DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
DNGETTEXT (const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
{
return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
}

108
intl/eval-plural.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
/* Plural expression evaluation.
Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef STATIC
#define STATIC static
#endif
/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */
STATIC
unsigned long int
internal_function
plural_eval (struct expression *pexp, unsigned long int n)
{
switch (pexp->nargs)
{
case 0:
switch (pexp->operation)
{
case var:
return n;
case num:
return pexp->val.num;
default:
break;
}
/* NOTREACHED */
break;
case 1:
{
/* pexp->operation must be lnot. */
unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
return ! arg;
}
case 2:
{
unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
if (pexp->operation == lor)
return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
else if (pexp->operation == land)
return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
else
{
unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
switch (pexp->operation)
{
case mult:
return leftarg * rightarg;
case divide:
#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
if (rightarg == 0)
raise (SIGFPE);
#endif
return leftarg / rightarg;
case module:
#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
if (rightarg == 0)
raise (SIGFPE);
#endif
return leftarg % rightarg;
case plus:
return leftarg + rightarg;
case minus:
return leftarg - rightarg;
case less_than:
return leftarg < rightarg;
case greater_than:
return leftarg > rightarg;
case less_or_equal:
return leftarg <= rightarg;
case greater_or_equal:
return leftarg >= rightarg;
case equal:
return leftarg == rightarg;
case not_equal:
return leftarg != rightarg;
default:
break;
}
}
/* NOTREACHED */
break;
}
case 3:
{
/* pexp->operation must be qmop. */
unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
}
}
/* NOTREACHED */
return 0;
}

View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
@ -38,8 +38,7 @@
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
char *
_nl_find_language (name)
const char *name;
_nl_find_language (const char *name)
{
while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
&& name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
@ -50,17 +49,11 @@ _nl_find_language (name)
int
_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
char *name;
const char **language;
const char **modifier;
const char **territory;
const char **codeset;
const char **normalized_codeset;
const char **special;
const char **sponsor;
const char **revision;
_nl_explode_name (char *name,
const char **language, const char **modifier,
const char **territory, const char **codeset,
const char **normalized_codeset, const char **special,
const char **sponsor, const char **revision)
{
enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
char *cp;

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
@ -47,11 +47,8 @@ static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
established bindings. */
struct loaded_l10nfile *
internal_function
_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
const char *dirname;
char *locale;
const char *domainname;
struct binding *domainbinding;
_nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale,
const char *domainname, struct binding *domainbinding)
{
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
const char *language;
@ -178,8 +175,7 @@ _nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
#ifdef _LIBC
static void __attribute__ ((unused))
free_mem (void)
libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
{
struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
@ -193,6 +189,4 @@ free_mem (void)
free (here);
}
}
text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
#endif

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@ -42,18 +42,17 @@
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define GETTEXT __gettext
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
#else
# define GETTEXT gettext__
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
char *
GETTEXT (msgid)
const char *msgid;
GETTEXT (const char *msgid)
{
return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
}

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
@ -32,22 +32,18 @@
#include "loadinfo.h"
#include "gettext.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
#include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__
# define PARAMS(args) args
# else
# define PARAMS(args) ()
# endif
#endif
#ifndef internal_function
# define internal_function
#endif
#ifndef attribute_hidden
# define attribute_hidden
#endif
/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
almost always true or almost always false. */
#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
@ -72,63 +68,50 @@ SWAP (i)
#endif
/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
plural form. */
struct expression
/* In-memory representation of system dependent string. */
struct sysdep_string_desc
{
int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */
enum operator
{
/* Without arguments: */
var, /* The variable "n". */
num, /* Decimal number. */
/* Unary operators: */
lnot, /* Logical NOT. */
/* Binary operators: */
mult, /* Multiplication. */
divide, /* Division. */
module, /* Module operation. */
plus, /* Addition. */
minus, /* Subtraction. */
less_than, /* Comparison. */
greater_than, /* Comparison. */
less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
equal, /* Comparision for equality. */
not_equal, /* Comparision for inequality. */
land, /* Logical AND. */
lor, /* Logical OR. */
/* Ternary operators: */
qmop /* Question mark operator. */
} operation;
union
{
unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */
struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */
} val;
/* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */
size_t length;
/* Pointer to addressed string. */
const char *pointer;
};
/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
the result in a thread-safe way. */
struct parse_args
{
const char *cp;
struct expression *res;
};
/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */
struct loaded_domain
{
/* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file. */
const char *data;
/* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed. */
int use_mmap;
/* Size of mmap()ed memory. */
size_t mmap_size;
/* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine. */
int must_swap;
/* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory. */
void *malloced;
/* Number of static strings pairs. */
nls_uint32 nstrings;
struct string_desc *orig_tab;
struct string_desc *trans_tab;
/* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file. */
const struct string_desc *orig_tab;
/* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file. */
const struct string_desc *trans_tab;
/* Number of system dependent strings pairs. */
nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
/* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings. */
const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab;
/* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings. */
const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab;
/* Size of hash table. */
nls_uint32 hash_size;
nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
/* Pointer to hash table. */
const nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
/* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine. */
int must_swap_hash_tab;
int codeset_cntr;
#ifdef _LIBC
__gconv_t conv;
@ -167,84 +150,64 @@ struct binding
This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
char *__locale,
const char *__domainname,
struct binding *__domainbinding))
internal_function;
void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
struct binding *__domainbinding))
internal_function;
void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
internal_function;
const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
struct loaded_domain *__domain,
struct binding *__domainbinding))
internal_function;
void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
internal_function;
char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
struct binding *domainbinding,
const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
internal_function;
#ifdef _LIBC
extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid));
extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid, int __category));
extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n));
extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int n));
extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category));
extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category));
extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname));
extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset));
#else
extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid));
extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid, int __category));
extern char *ngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n));
extern char *dngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n));
extern char *dcngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category));
extern char *dcigettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category));
extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname));
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset));
#ifndef _LIBC
const char *_nl_locale_name (int category, const char *categoryname);
#endif
struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain (const char *__dirname, char *__locale,
const char *__domainname,
struct binding *__domainbinding)
internal_function;
void _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
struct binding *__domainbinding)
internal_function;
void _nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *__domain)
internal_function;
const char *_nl_init_domain_conv (struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
struct loaded_domain *__domain,
struct binding *__domainbinding)
internal_function;
void _nl_free_domain_conv (struct loaded_domain *__domain)
internal_function;
char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid,
size_t *lengthp)
internal_function;
#ifdef _LIBC
extern void __gettext_free_exp PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
internal_function;
extern int __gettextparse PARAMS ((void *arg));
extern char *__gettext (const char *__msgid);
extern char *__dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid);
extern char *__dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category);
extern char *__ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n);
extern char *__dngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int n);
extern char *__dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category);
extern char *__dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category);
extern char *__textdomain (const char *__domainname);
extern char *__bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname);
extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset);
#else
extern void gettext_free_exp__ PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
internal_function;
extern int gettextparse__ PARAMS ((void *arg));
/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to
call them under their real name. */
# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# include "libgnuintl.h"
extern char *libintl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category);
#endif
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@ -19,9 +19,7 @@
#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
#define _GETTEXT_H 1
#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC
#include <limits.h>
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
@ -31,6 +29,7 @@
/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER_WITH_SYSDEP_I 1
/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
@ -77,26 +76,74 @@ struct mo_file_header
nls_uint32 magic;
/* The revision number of the file format. */
nls_uint32 revision;
/* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0 or 1. */
/* The number of strings pairs. */
nls_uint32 nstrings;
/* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
/* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings. */
/* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings. */
nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
/* Size of hashing table. */
/* Size of hash table. */
nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
/* Offset of first hashing entry. */
/* Offset of first hash table entry. */
nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */
/* The number of system dependent segments. */
nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments;
/* Offset of table describing system dependent segments. */
nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset;
/* The number of system dependent strings pairs. */
nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
/* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings. */
nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset;
/* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings. */
nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset;
};
/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file. */
struct string_desc
{
/* Length of addressed string. */
/* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL. */
nls_uint32 length;
/* Offset of string in file. */
nls_uint32 offset;
};
/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */
/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment. */
struct sysdep_segment
{
/* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */
nls_uint32 length;
/* Offset of string in file. */
nls_uint32 offset;
};
/* Descriptor for system dependent string. */
struct sysdep_string
{
/* Offset of static string segments in file. */
nls_uint32 offset;
/* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments.
The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL. */
struct segment_pair
{
/* Size of static segment. */
nls_uint32 segsize;
/* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */
nls_uint32 sysdepref;
} segments[1];
};
/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array. This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF,
regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit. */
#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0)
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
#endif /* gettext.h */

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@ -18,14 +18,6 @@
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
#endif
/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
#define HASHWORDBITS 32
@ -33,11 +25,8 @@
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
static inline unsigned long int
hash_string (str_param)
const char *str_param;
hash_string (const char *str_param)
{
unsigned long int hval, g;
const char *str = str_param;
@ -47,7 +36,7 @@ hash_string (str_param)
while (*str != '\0')
{
hval <<= 4;
hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
hval += (unsigned char) *str++;
g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
if (g != 0)
{

View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
Library.
Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2001 Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003 Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@ -21,52 +21,18 @@
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "libgnuintl.h"
#include "gettextP.h"
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix or suffix) to
those defined in the included GNU gettext library (with "__" suffix).
It is compiled into libintl when the included GNU gettext library is
configured --with-included-gettext.
This redirection works also in the case that the system C library or
the system libintl library contain gettext/textdomain/... functions.
If it didn't, we would need to add preprocessor level redirections to
libgnuintl.h of the following form:
# define gettext gettext__
# define dgettext dgettext__
# define dcgettext dcgettext__
# define ngettext ngettext__
# define dngettext dngettext__
# define dcngettext dcngettext__
# define textdomain textdomain__
# define bindtextdomain bindtextdomain__
# define bind_textdomain_codeset bind_textdomain_codeset__
How does this redirection work? There are two cases.
A. When libintl.a is linked into an executable, it works because
functions defined in the executable always override functions in
the shared libraries.
B. When libintl.so is used, it works because
1. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in the C library
(namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer) are
ELF systems and define these symbols as weak, thus explicitly
letting other shared libraries override it.
2. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in a standalone
libintl.so library (namely, Solaris 2.3 and newer) have this
shared library in /usr/lib, and the linker will search /usr/lib
*after* the directory where the GNU gettext library is installed.
A third case, namely when libintl.a is linked into a shared library
whose name is not libintl.so, is not supported. In this case, on
Solaris, when -lintl precedes the linker option for the shared library
containing GNU gettext, the system's gettext would indeed override
the GNU gettext. Anyone doing this kind of stuff must be clever enough
to 1. compile libintl.a with -fPIC, 2. remove -lintl from his linker
command line. */
/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix) to those
defined in the included GNU libintl library (with "libintl_" prefix).
It is compiled into libintl in order to make the AM_GNU_GETTEXT test
of gettext <= 0.11.2 work with the libintl library >= 0.11.3 which
has the redirections primarily in the <libintl.h> include file.
It is also compiled into libgnuintl so that libgnuintl.so can be used
as LD_PRELOADable library on glibc systems, to provide the extra
features that the functions in the libc don't have (namely, logging). */
#undef gettext
@ -80,87 +46,86 @@
#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */
#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
#else
# define DLL_EXPORTED
#endif
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
gettext (msgid)
const char *msgid;
gettext (const char *msgid)
{
return gettext__ (msgid);
return libintl_gettext (msgid);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
dgettext (domainname, msgid)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
dgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid)
{
return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
int category;
dcgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category)
{
return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category);
return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
ngettext (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
{
return ngettext__ (msgid1, msgid2, n);
return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
dngettext (const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
{
return dngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
int category;
dcngettext (const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n,
int category)
{
return dcngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
textdomain (domainname)
const char *domainname;
textdomain (const char *domainname)
{
return textdomain__ (domainname);
return libintl_textdomain (domainname);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
const char *domainname;
const char *dirname;
bindtextdomain (const char *domainname, const char *dirname)
{
return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
const char *domainname;
const char *codeset;
bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *domainname, const char *codeset)
{
return bind_textdomain_codeset__ (domainname, codeset);
return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset);
}

View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
@ -28,11 +28,6 @@
#endif
#include <string.h>
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
# ifndef strchr
# define strchr index
# endif
#endif
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
# include <argz.h>
@ -63,20 +58,34 @@
# endif
#else
# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src);
# endif
#endif
/* Pathname support.
ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
*/
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
&& (P)[1] == ':')
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
#else
/* Unix */
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
#endif
/* Define function which are usually not available. */
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */
static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
static size_t
argz_count__ (argz, len)
const char *argz;
size_t len;
argz_count__ (const char *argz, size_t len)
{
size_t count = 0;
while (len > 0)
@ -90,18 +99,17 @@ argz_count__ (argz, len)
}
# undef __argz_count
# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
#else
# ifdef _LIBC
# define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len)
# endif
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
except the last into the character SEP. */
static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
static void
argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
char *argz;
size_t len;
int sep;
argz_stringify__ (char *argz, size_t len, int sep)
{
while (len > 0)
{
@ -114,17 +122,16 @@ argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
}
# undef __argz_stringify
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
#else
# ifdef _LIBC
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \
INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep)
# endif
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
const char *entry));
static char *
argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
char *argz;
size_t argz_len;
const char *entry;
argz_next__ (char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry)
{
if (entry)
{
@ -145,11 +152,8 @@ argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
/* Return number of bits set in X. */
static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
static inline int
pop (x)
int x;
pop (int x)
{
/* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */
x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
@ -162,31 +166,27 @@ pop (x)
struct loaded_l10nfile *
_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
const char *dirlist;
size_t dirlist_len;
int mask;
const char *language;
const char *territory;
const char *codeset;
const char *normalized_codeset;
const char *modifier;
const char *special;
const char *sponsor;
const char *revision;
const char *filename;
int do_allocate;
_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len,
int mask, const char *language, const char *territory,
const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset,
const char *modifier, const char *special,
const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
const char *filename, int do_allocate)
{
char *abs_filename;
struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL;
struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp;
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
char *cp;
size_t dirlist_count;
size_t entries;
int cnt;
/* If LANGUAGE contains an absolute directory specification, we ignore
DIRLIST. */
if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (language))
dirlist_len = 0;
/* Allocate room for the full file name. */
abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+ strlen (language)
@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
+ (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
|| (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0)
? strlen (sponsor) : 0)
+ ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
+ 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
@ -212,14 +212,16 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
if (abs_filename == NULL)
return NULL;
retval = NULL;
last = NULL;
/* Construct file name. */
memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
__argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
*cp++ = '/';
cp = abs_filename;
if (dirlist_len > 0)
{
memcpy (cp, dirlist, dirlist_len);
__argz_stringify (cp, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
cp += dirlist_len;
cp[-1] = '/';
}
cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
@ -266,7 +268,7 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
/* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
available. */
last = NULL;
lastp = l10nfile_list;
for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
if (retval->filename != NULL)
{
@ -281,7 +283,7 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
break;
}
last = retval;
lastp = &retval->next;
}
if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
@ -290,39 +292,50 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
return retval;
}
retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len)
* (1 << pop (mask))
dirlist_count = (dirlist_len > 0 ? __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) : 1);
/* Allocate a new loaded_l10nfile. */
retval =
(struct loaded_l10nfile *)
malloc (sizeof (*retval)
+ (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0))
* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
if (retval == NULL)
return NULL;
retval->filename = abs_filename;
retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1
/* We set retval->data to NULL here; it is filled in later.
Setting retval->decided to 1 here means that retval does not
correspond to a real file (dirlist_count > 1) or is not worth
looking up (if an unnormalized codeset was specified). */
retval->decided = (dirlist_count > 1
|| ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
&& (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
retval->data = NULL;
if (last == NULL)
{
retval->next = *l10nfile_list;
*l10nfile_list = retval;
}
else
{
retval->next = last->next;
last->next = retval;
}
retval->next = *lastp;
*lastp = retval;
entries = 0;
/* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to
a real file. So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism
of the inner loop. */
cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask;
for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
/* Recurse to fill the inheritance list of RETVAL.
If the DIRLIST is a real list (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT > 1), the RETVAL
entry does not correspond to a real file; retval->filename contains
colons. In this case we loop across all elements of DIRLIST and
across all bit patterns dominated by MASK.
If the DIRLIST is a single directory or entirely redundant (i.e.
DIRLIST_COUNT == 1), we loop across all bit patterns dominated by
MASK, excluding MASK itself.
In either case, we loop down from MASK to 0. This has the effect
that the extra bits in the locale name are dropped in this order:
first the modifier, then the territory, then the codeset, then the
normalized_codeset. */
for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
&& ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
&& ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
{
if (dirlist_count > 1)
{
/* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
char *dir = NULL;
@ -330,8 +343,15 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
!= NULL)
retval->successor[entries++]
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt,
language, territory, codeset,
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1,
cnt, language, territory, codeset,
normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
}
else
retval->successor[entries++]
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len,
cnt, language, territory, codeset,
normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
}
@ -345,9 +365,7 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
freed by the caller. */
const char *
_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
const char *codeset;
size_t name_len;
_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, size_t name_len)
{
int len = 0;
int only_digit = 1;
@ -356,11 +374,11 @@ _nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
size_t cnt;
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
if (isalnum (codeset[cnt]))
if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
{
++len;
if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
only_digit = 0;
}
@ -374,9 +392,9 @@ _nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
wp = retval;
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
*wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]);
else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt]))
if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
*wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]);
else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
*wp++ = codeset[cnt];
*wp = '\0';
@ -394,9 +412,7 @@ _nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
to be defined. */
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
static char *
stpcpy (dest, src)
char *dest;
const char *src;
stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
{
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
/* Do nothing. */ ;

View File

@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */
#if ENABLE_NLS
/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) (Domainname))
# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) (Dirname))
# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((char *) (Codeset))
#endif
/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */
#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@ -24,10 +24,11 @@
/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H then includes <libintl.h> (i.e.
this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition
warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case. */
#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H
On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5)
then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines
LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES
in this case. */
#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun))
# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
#endif
@ -35,90 +36,344 @@
implementation of gettext. */
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the
maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */
#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
((major) == 0 ? 1 : -1)
/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
precedence over _conio_gettext. */
#ifdef __DJGPP__
# undef gettext
# define gettext gettext
#endif
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
# define PARAMS(args) args
# else
# define PARAMS(args) ()
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is
necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C
library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer).
If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the
definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so
shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked
up in the following order:
1. in the executable,
2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order,
3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link
command line,
4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were
dlopen()ed.
The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if
either
* -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or
* -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or
* libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not
linked to the executable at link time.
Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this
would be unacceptable.
The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext
is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in
C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or
class methods called 'gettext'. */
/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS.
If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is
_INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */
#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS)
# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !defined __APPLE_CC__ && !defined __MINGW32__ && !(__GNUC__ == 2 && defined _AIX) && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus)
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
# else
# ifdef __cplusplus
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
# else
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* Auxiliary macros. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname))
# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring
# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix
#else
# define _INTL_ASM(cname)
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid);
static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
{
return libintl_gettext (__msgid);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define gettext libintl_gettext
#endif
extern char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext);
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid);
static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
{
return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define dgettext libintl_dgettext
#endif
extern char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext);
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category));
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category);
static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category)
{
return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext
#endif
extern char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext);
#endif
/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n));
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n);
static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n)
{
return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define ngettext libintl_ngettext
#endif
extern char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext);
#endif
/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n));
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n);
static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
{
return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define dngettext libintl_dngettext
#endif
extern char *dngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext);
#endif
/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
int __category));
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category);
static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
{
return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext
#endif
extern char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext);
#endif
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname);
static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
{
return libintl_textdomain (__domainname);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define textdomain libintl_textdomain
#endif
extern char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain);
#endif
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname));
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname);
static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname)
{
return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain
#endif
extern char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain);
#endif
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset));
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset);
static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset)
{
return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
#endif
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset);
#endif
/* Optimized version of the functions above. */
#if defined __OPTIMIZED
/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions. */
/* Support for format strings with positions in *printf(), following the
POSIX/XSI specification.
Note: These replacements for the *printf() functions are visible only
in source files that #include <libintl.h> or #include "gettext.h".
Packages that use *printf() in source files that don't refer to _()
or gettext() but for which the format string could be the return value
of _() or gettext() need to add this #include. Oh well. */
# define gettext(msgid) \
dgettext (NULL, msgid)
#if !1
# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stddef.h>
# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n) \
dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
/* Get va_list. */
#if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER
# include <stdarg.h>
#else
# include <varargs.h>
#endif
# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) \
dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
#undef fprintf
#define fprintf libintl_fprintf
extern int fprintf (FILE *, const char *, ...);
#undef vfprintf
#define vfprintf libintl_vfprintf
extern int vfprintf (FILE *, const char *, va_list);
#endif /* Optimizing. */
#undef printf
#define printf libintl_printf
extern int printf (const char *, ...);
#undef vprintf
#define vprintf libintl_vprintf
extern int vprintf (const char *, va_list);
#undef sprintf
#define sprintf libintl_sprintf
extern int sprintf (char *, const char *, ...);
#undef vsprintf
#define vsprintf libintl_vsprintf
extern int vsprintf (char *, const char *, va_list);
#if 1
#undef snprintf
#define snprintf libintl_snprintf
extern int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...);
#undef vsnprintf
#define vsnprintf libintl_vsnprintf
extern int vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list);
#endif
#if 1
#undef asprintf
#define asprintf libintl_asprintf
extern int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...);
#undef vasprintf
#define vasprintf libintl_vasprintf
extern int vasprintf (char **, const char *, va_list);
#endif
#if 0
#undef fwprintf
#define fwprintf libintl_fwprintf
extern int fwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, ...);
#undef vfwprintf
#define vfwprintf libintl_vfwprintf
extern int vfwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, va_list);
#undef wprintf
#define wprintf libintl_wprintf
extern int wprintf (const wchar_t *, ...);
#undef vwprintf
#define vwprintf libintl_vwprintf
extern int vwprintf (const wchar_t *, va_list);
#undef swprintf
#define swprintf libintl_swprintf
extern int swprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, ...);
#undef vswprintf
#define vswprintf libintl_vswprintf
extern int vswprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, va_list);
#endif
#endif
/* Support for relocatable packages. */
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
instead of "/"). */
#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix
extern void
libintl_set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
const char *curr_prefix);
#ifdef __cplusplus

383
intl/libgnuintl.h.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
#define _LIBINTL_H 1
#include <locale.h>
/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5)
then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines
LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES
in this case. */
#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun))
# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
#endif
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
implementation of gettext. */
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the
maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */
#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
((major) == 0 ? 1 : -1)
/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
precedence over _conio_gettext. */
#ifdef __DJGPP__
# undef gettext
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is
necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C
library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer).
If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the
definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so
shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked
up in the following order:
1. in the executable,
2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order,
3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link
command line,
4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were
dlopen()ed.
The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if
either
* -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or
* -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or
* libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not
linked to the executable at link time.
Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this
would be unacceptable.
The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext
is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in
C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or
class methods called 'gettext'. */
/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS.
If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is
_INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */
#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS)
# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !defined __APPLE_CC__ && !defined __MINGW32__ && !(__GNUC__ == 2 && defined _AIX) && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus)
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
# else
# ifdef __cplusplus
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
# else
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* Auxiliary macros. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname))
# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring
# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix
#else
# define _INTL_ASM(cname)
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid);
static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
{
return libintl_gettext (__msgid);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define gettext libintl_gettext
#endif
extern char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext);
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid);
static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
{
return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define dgettext libintl_dgettext
#endif
extern char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext);
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category);
static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category)
{
return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext
#endif
extern char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext);
#endif
/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n);
static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n)
{
return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define ngettext libintl_ngettext
#endif
extern char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext);
#endif
/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n);
static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
{
return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define dngettext libintl_dngettext
#endif
extern char *dngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext);
#endif
/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category);
static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
{
return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext
#endif
extern char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext);
#endif
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname);
static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
{
return libintl_textdomain (__domainname);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define textdomain libintl_textdomain
#endif
extern char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain);
#endif
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname);
static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname)
{
return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain
#endif
extern char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain);
#endif
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset);
static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset)
{
return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
#endif
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset);
#endif
/* Support for format strings with positions in *printf(), following the
POSIX/XSI specification.
Note: These replacements for the *printf() functions are visible only
in source files that #include <libintl.h> or #include "gettext.h".
Packages that use *printf() in source files that don't refer to _()
or gettext() but for which the format string could be the return value
of _() or gettext() need to add this #include. Oh well. */
#if !@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stddef.h>
/* Get va_list. */
#if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER
# include <stdarg.h>
#else
# include <varargs.h>
#endif
#undef fprintf
#define fprintf libintl_fprintf
extern int fprintf (FILE *, const char *, ...);
#undef vfprintf
#define vfprintf libintl_vfprintf
extern int vfprintf (FILE *, const char *, va_list);
#undef printf
#define printf libintl_printf
extern int printf (const char *, ...);
#undef vprintf
#define vprintf libintl_vprintf
extern int vprintf (const char *, va_list);
#undef sprintf
#define sprintf libintl_sprintf
extern int sprintf (char *, const char *, ...);
#undef vsprintf
#define vsprintf libintl_vsprintf
extern int vsprintf (char *, const char *, va_list);
#if @HAVE_SNPRINTF@
#undef snprintf
#define snprintf libintl_snprintf
extern int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...);
#undef vsnprintf
#define vsnprintf libintl_vsnprintf
extern int vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list);
#endif
#if @HAVE_ASPRINTF@
#undef asprintf
#define asprintf libintl_asprintf
extern int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...);
#undef vasprintf
#define vasprintf libintl_vasprintf
extern int vasprintf (char **, const char *, va_list);
#endif
#if @HAVE_WPRINTF@
#undef fwprintf
#define fwprintf libintl_fwprintf
extern int fwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, ...);
#undef vfwprintf
#define vfwprintf libintl_vfwprintf
extern int vfwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, va_list);
#undef wprintf
#define wprintf libintl_wprintf
extern int wprintf (const wchar_t *, ...);
#undef vwprintf
#define vwprintf libintl_vwprintf
extern int vwprintf (const wchar_t *, va_list);
#undef swprintf
#define swprintf libintl_swprintf
extern int swprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, ...);
#undef vswprintf
#define vswprintf libintl_vswprintf
extern int vswprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, va_list);
#endif
#endif
/* Support for relocatable packages. */
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
instead of "/"). */
#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix
extern void
libintl_set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
const char *curr_prefix);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* libintl.h */

View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
@ -20,13 +20,17 @@
#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
#define _LOADINFO_H 1
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__
# define PARAMS(args) args
# else
# define PARAMS(args) ()
# endif
#endif
/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions.
Implemented in
localealias.c Possibly replace a locale name by another.
explodename.c Split a locale name into its various fields.
l10nflist.c Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs.
finddomain.c Find and open the relevant message catalogs.
The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared
in gettextP.h.
*/
#ifndef internal_function
# define internal_function
@ -77,33 +81,65 @@ struct loaded_l10nfile
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
freed by the caller. */
extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
size_t name_len));
extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset,
size_t name_len);
/* Lookup a locale dependent file.
*L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent
files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename.
DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to
look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0).
MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER,
SPECIAL, SPONSOR, REVISION are the pieces of the locale name, as
produced by _nl_explode_name(). FILENAME is the filename suffix.
The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST,
or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL.
If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and
its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and
furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup
results from which this lookup result inherits. */
extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
const char *language, const char *territory,
const char *codeset,
const char *normalized_codeset,
const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset,
const char *modifier, const char *special,
const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
const char *filename, int do_allocate));
const char *filename, int do_allocate);
/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if
NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name).
The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed. */
extern const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *name);
extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
/* normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by
the caller. */
extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
const char **modifier,
const char **territory,
/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier,
territory, codeset, special, sponsor, revision.
NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and
there. *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME. Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY,
*CODESET, *SPECIAL, *SPONSOR, *REVISION gets assigned either a
pointer into the old NAME string, or NULL. *NORMALIZED_CODESET
gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it is different from *CODESET;
this one is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller.
The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one
filled-in value:
XPG_MODIFIER, CEN_AUDIENCE for *MODIFIER,
TERRITORY for *TERRITORY,
XPG_CODESET for *CODESET,
XPG_NORM_CODESET for *NORMALIZED_CODESET,
CEN_SPECIAL for *SPECIAL,
CEN_SPONSOR for *SPONSOR,
CEN_REVISION for *REVISION.
*/
extern int _nl_explode_name (char *name, const char **language,
const char **modifier, const char **territory,
const char **codeset,
const char **normalized_codeset,
const char **special,
const char **sponsor,
const char **revision));
const char **special, const char **sponsor,
const char **revision);
extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the
rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language,
i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */
extern char *_nl_find_language (const char *name);
#endif /* loadinfo.h */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@ -17,12 +17,15 @@
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
/* Specification. */
#include "localcharset.h"
#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
# include <stddef.h>
#endif
@ -42,7 +45,12 @@
# define WIN32
#endif
#ifndef WIN32
#if defined __EMX__
/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */
# define OS2
#endif
#if !defined WIN32
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
# include <langinfo.h>
# else
@ -50,10 +58,25 @@
# include <locale.h>
# endif
# endif
#else /* WIN32 */
#elif defined WIN32
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
#endif
#if defined OS2
# define INCL_DOS
# include <os2.h>
#endif
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
# include "relocatable.h"
#else
# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
#endif
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
#endif
#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
@ -63,6 +86,11 @@
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
#endif
#if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
# undef getc
# define getc getc_unlocked
#endif
/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
@ -86,9 +114,9 @@ get_charset_aliases ()
cp = charset_aliases;
if (cp == NULL)
{
#ifndef WIN32
#if !(defined VMS || defined WIN32)
FILE *fp;
const char *dir = LIBDIR;
const char *dir = relocate (LIBDIR);
const char *base = "charset.alias";
char *file_name;
@ -145,12 +173,12 @@ get_charset_aliases ()
if (res_size == 0)
{
res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1);
res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1);
}
else
{
res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
}
if (res_ptr == NULL)
{
@ -174,14 +202,54 @@ get_charset_aliases ()
if (file_name != NULL)
free (file_name);
#else /* WIN32 */
#else
# if defined VMS
/* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the
sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */
/* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation
"Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems"
section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */
cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
"ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
"ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
"ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
"ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
"ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
/* Japanese */
"eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
"SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
"DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0"
"SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
/* Chinese */
"eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
"DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0"
"DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
/* Korean */
"DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0";
# endif
# if defined WIN32
/* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
"CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
"CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"
"CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0"
"CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
"CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0"
"CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
"CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
"CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0"
"CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
"CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
"CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0"
"CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
"CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
"CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
"CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0";
# endif
#endif
charset_aliases = cp;
@ -205,7 +273,7 @@ locale_charset ()
const char *codeset;
const char *aliases;
#ifndef WIN32
#if !(defined WIN32 || defined OS2)
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
@ -242,14 +310,67 @@ locale_charset ()
# endif
#else /* WIN32 */
#elif defined WIN32
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
/* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
/* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
codeset = buf;
#elif defined OS2
const char *locale;
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
ULONG cp[3];
ULONG cplen;
/* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system,
with standard language environment variables. */
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
{
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
locale = getenv ("LANG");
}
if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
{
/* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */
const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
if (dot != NULL)
{
const char *modifier;
dot++;
/* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
if (modifier == NULL)
return dot;
if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
{
memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
return buf;
}
}
/* Resolve through the charset.alias file. */
codeset = locale;
}
else
{
/* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen))
codeset = "";
else
{
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]);
codeset = buf;
}
}
#endif
if (codeset == NULL)
@ -267,5 +388,11 @@ locale_charset ()
break;
}
/* Don't return an empty string. GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret
the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding",
thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time. */
if (codeset[0] == '\0')
codeset = "ASCII";
return codeset;
}

42
intl/localcharset.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H
#define _LOCALCHARSET_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
name. */
extern const char * locale_charset (void);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
# Locale name alias data base.
# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Copyright (C) 1996-2001,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
# Packages using this file:
bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1
bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1
bokmal nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
bokmål nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ korean ko_KR.eucKR
korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR
ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR
lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1
nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1
no_NO nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
no_NO.ISO-8859-1 nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
norwegian nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Handle aliases for locale names.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@ -29,12 +29,20 @@
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING
# include <stdio_ext.h>
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#ifdef __GNUC__
# undef alloca
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#else
# ifdef _MSC_VER
# include <malloc.h>
# define alloca _alloca
# else
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
# include <alloca.h>
# else
@ -47,18 +55,19 @@ char *alloca ();
# endif
# endif
# endif
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
# ifndef strchr
# define strchr index
# endif
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
# include "relocatable.h"
#else
# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifdef _LIBC
@ -71,6 +80,7 @@ char *alloca ();
# define mempcpy __mempcpy
# endif
# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING 1
/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
@ -82,6 +92,15 @@ __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
# define internal_function
#endif
/* Some optimizations for glibc. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define FEOF(fp) feof_unlocked (fp)
# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp)
#else
# define FEOF(fp) feof (fp)
# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets (buf, n, fp)
#endif
/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
some additional code emulating it. */
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
@ -91,11 +110,11 @@ __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
# define freea(p) free (p)
#endif
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
# undef fgets
# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
#endif
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
# undef feof
# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
#endif
@ -108,27 +127,30 @@ struct alias_map
};
static char *string_space;
#ifndef _LIBC
# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl
#endif
libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space);
static size_t string_space_act;
static size_t string_space_max;
static struct alias_map *map;
libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map);
static size_t nmap;
static size_t maxmap;
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
static size_t read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len)
internal_function;
static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
const struct alias_map *map2));
static int extend_alias_table (void);
static int alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1,
const struct alias_map *map2);
const char *
_nl_expand_alias (name)
const char *name;
_nl_expand_alias (const char *name)
{
static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
static const char *locale_alias_path;
struct alias_map *retval;
const char *result = NULL;
size_t added;
@ -137,6 +159,9 @@ _nl_expand_alias (name)
__libc_lock_lock (lock);
#endif
if (locale_alias_path == NULL)
locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
do
{
struct alias_map item;
@ -146,8 +171,8 @@ _nl_expand_alias (name)
if (nmap > 0)
retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
sizeof (struct alias_map),
(int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
const void *))
(int (*) (const void *,
const void *)
) alias_compare);
else
retval = NULL;
@ -189,9 +214,7 @@ _nl_expand_alias (name)
static size_t
internal_function
read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
const char *fname;
int fname_len;
read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len)
{
FILE *fp;
char *full_fname;
@ -207,58 +230,52 @@ read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
#endif
fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r");
freea (full_fname);
if (fp == NULL)
return 0;
#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
/* No threads present. */
__fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
#endif
added = 0;
while (!feof (fp))
while (!FEOF (fp))
{
/* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
a) we are only interested in the first two fields
b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
be that long
*/
char buf[BUFSIZ];
We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up
stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of
memory. */
char buf[400];
char *alias;
char *value;
char *cp;
if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
/* EOF reached. */
break;
/* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
the rest of the line. */
if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
{
char altbuf[BUFSIZ];
do
if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL)
/* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
will exit at the `feof' test. */
break;
while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL);
}
cp = buf;
/* Ignore leading white space. */
while (isspace (cp[0]))
while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
++cp;
/* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */
if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
{
alias = cp++;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
++cp;
/* Terminate alias name. */
if (cp[0] != '\0')
*cp++ = '\0';
/* Now look for the beginning of the value. */
while (isspace (cp[0]))
while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
++cp;
if (cp[0] != '\0')
@ -267,7 +284,7 @@ read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
size_t value_len;
value = cp++;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
++cp;
/* Terminate value. */
if (cp[0] == '\n')
@ -325,6 +342,14 @@ read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
++added;
}
}
/* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
the rest of the line. */
while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
/* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
will exit at the `feof' test. */
break;
}
/* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
@ -333,7 +358,7 @@ read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
if (added > 0)
qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
(int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
(int (*) (const void *, const void *)) alias_compare);
return added;
}
@ -358,23 +383,8 @@ extend_alias_table ()
}
#ifdef _LIBC
static void __attribute__ ((unused))
free_mem (void)
{
if (string_space != NULL)
free (string_space);
if (map != NULL)
free (map);
}
text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
#endif
static int
alias_compare (map1, map2)
const struct alias_map *map1;
const struct alias_map *map2;
alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1, const struct alias_map *map2)
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);

1142
intl/localename.c Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

98
intl/log.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
/* Log file output.
Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed. */
static void
print_escaped (FILE *stream, const char *str)
{
putc ('"', stream);
for (; *str != '\0'; str++)
if (*str == '\n')
{
fputs ("\\n\"", stream);
if (str[1] == '\0')
return;
fputs ("\n\"", stream);
}
else
{
if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\')
putc ('\\', stream);
putc (*str, stream);
}
putc ('"', stream);
}
/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation. */
void
_nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural)
{
static char *last_logfilename = NULL;
static FILE *last_logfile = NULL;
FILE *logfile;
/* Can we reuse the last opened logfile? */
if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0)
{
/* Close the last used logfile. */
if (last_logfilename != NULL)
{
if (last_logfile != NULL)
{
fclose (last_logfile);
last_logfile = NULL;
}
free (last_logfilename);
last_logfilename = NULL;
}
/* Open the logfile. */
last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1);
if (last_logfilename == NULL)
return;
strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename);
last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a");
if (last_logfile == NULL)
return;
}
logfile = last_logfile;
fprintf (logfile, "domain ");
print_escaped (logfile, domainname);
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid ");
print_escaped (logfile, msgid1);
if (plural)
{
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural ");
print_escaped (logfile, msgid2);
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n");
}
else
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n");
putc ('\n', logfile);
}

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@ -46,18 +46,15 @@
# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
#else
# define NGETTEXT ngettext__
# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext
# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
char *
NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
NGETTEXT (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
{
return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
}

98
intl/os2compat.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
/* OS/2 compatibility functions.
Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#define OS2_AWARE
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
/* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */
extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue);
char *
_nl_getenv (const char *name)
{
unsigned char *value;
if (DosScanEnv (name, &value))
return NULL;
else
return value;
}
/* A fixed size buffer. */
char libintl_nl_default_dirname[MAXPATHLEN+1];
char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL;
char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL;
char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL;
static __attribute__((constructor)) void
nlos2_initialize ()
{
char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT");
char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR");
_nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir;
if (!_nlos2_libdir)
{
if (root)
{
size_t sl = strlen (root);
_nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl);
memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
}
else
_nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR;
}
_nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir;
if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath)
{
if (root)
{
size_t sl = strlen (root);
_nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl);
memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
}
else
_nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
}
_nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir;
if (!_nlos2_localedir)
{
if (root)
{
size_t sl = strlen (root);
_nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl);
memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
}
else
_nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR;
}
if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN)
strcpy (libintl_nl_default_dirname, _nlos2_localedir);
}

46
intl/os2compat.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
/* OS/2 compatibility defines.
This file is intended to be included from config.h
Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */
#ifndef OS2_AWARE
#undef LIBDIR
#define LIBDIR _nlos2_libdir
extern char *_nlos2_libdir;
#undef LOCALEDIR
#define LOCALEDIR _nlos2_localedir
extern char *_nlos2_localedir;
#undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH
#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH _nlos2_localealiaspath
extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath;
#endif
#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
#define strcasecmp stricmp
#define strncasecmp strnicmp
/* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */
#define getenv _nl_getenv
/* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */
#define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1)

24
intl/osdep.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
/* OS dependent parts of libintl.
Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#if defined __EMX__
# include "os2compat.c"
#else
/* Avoid AIX compiler warning. */
typedef int dummy;
#endif

154
intl/plural-exp.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "plural-exp.h"
#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
|| (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */
static const struct expression plvar =
{
.nargs = 0,
.operation = var,
};
static const struct expression plone =
{
.nargs = 0,
.operation = num,
.val =
{
.num = 1
}
};
struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL =
{
.nargs = 2,
.operation = not_equal,
.val =
{
.args =
{
[0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
[1] = (struct expression *) &plone
}
}
};
# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
#else
/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
Initialization at run-time. */
static struct expression plvar;
static struct expression plone;
struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL;
static void
init_germanic_plural ()
{
if (plone.val.num == 0)
{
plvar.nargs = 0;
plvar.operation = var;
plone.nargs = 0;
plone.operation = num;
plone.val.num = 1;
GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2;
GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal;
GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar;
GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone;
}
}
# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
#endif
void
internal_function
EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry, struct expression **pluralp,
unsigned long int *npluralsp)
{
if (nullentry != NULL)
{
const char *plural;
const char *nplurals;
plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
goto no_plural;
else
{
char *endp;
unsigned long int n;
struct parse_args args;
/* First get the number. */
nplurals += 9;
while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals))
++nplurals;
if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9'))
goto no_plural;
#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
#else
for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
#endif
if (nplurals == endp)
goto no_plural;
*npluralsp = n;
/* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
is passed down to the parser. */
plural += 7;
args.cp = plural;
if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
goto no_plural;
*pluralp = args.res;
}
}
else
{
/* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what
English is using since English is a Germanic language. */
no_plural:
INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
*pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL;
*npluralsp = 2;
}
}

118
intl/plural-exp.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection.
Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H
#define _PLURAL_EXP_H
#ifndef internal_function
# define internal_function
#endif
#ifndef attribute_hidden
# define attribute_hidden
#endif
/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
plural form. */
struct expression
{
int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */
enum operator
{
/* Without arguments: */
var, /* The variable "n". */
num, /* Decimal number. */
/* Unary operators: */
lnot, /* Logical NOT. */
/* Binary operators: */
mult, /* Multiplication. */
divide, /* Division. */
module, /* Modulo operation. */
plus, /* Addition. */
minus, /* Subtraction. */
less_than, /* Comparison. */
greater_than, /* Comparison. */
less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
equal, /* Comparison for equality. */
not_equal, /* Comparison for inequality. */
land, /* Logical AND. */
lor, /* Logical OR. */
/* Ternary operators: */
qmop /* Question mark operator. */
} operation;
union
{
unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */
struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */
} val;
};
/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
the result in a thread-safe way. */
struct parse_args
{
const char *cp;
struct expression *res;
};
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. This source code is used
1. in the GNU C Library library,
2. in the GNU libintl library,
3. in the GNU gettext tools.
The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for
binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'. Furthermore,
1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix,
2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names
must follow ANSI C and not start with __.
So we have to distinguish the three cases. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural
# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural
#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL)
# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp
# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse
# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural
# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural
#else
# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression
# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression
# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural
# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression
#endif
extern void FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp)
internal_function;
extern int PLURAL_PARSE (void *arg);
extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden;
extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry,
struct expression **pluralp,
unsigned long int *npluralsp)
internal_function;
#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL)
extern unsigned long int plural_eval (struct expression *pexp,
unsigned long int n);
#endif
#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
%{
/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
@ -30,25 +30,21 @@
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "gettextP.h"
#include "plural-exp.h"
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
#else
# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */
#ifndef _LIBC
# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
#endif
#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
%}
%pure_parser
%expect 10
%expect 7
%union {
unsigned long int num;
@ -58,28 +54,13 @@
%{
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
struct expression * const *args));
static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
struct expression *right));
static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
struct expression *left,
struct expression *right));
static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
struct expression *bexp,
struct expression *tbranch,
struct expression *fbranch));
static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp);
static void yyerror (const char *str);
/* Allocation of expressions. */
static struct expression *
new_exp (nargs, op, args)
int nargs;
enum operator op;
struct expression * const *args;
new_exp (int nargs, enum operator op, struct expression * const *args)
{
int i;
struct expression *newp;
@ -108,16 +89,13 @@ new_exp (nargs, op, args)
}
static inline struct expression *
new_exp_0 (op)
enum operator op;
new_exp_0 (enum operator op)
{
return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
}
static inline struct expression *
new_exp_1 (op, right)
enum operator op;
struct expression *right;
new_exp_1 (enum operator op, struct expression *right)
{
struct expression *args[1];
@ -126,10 +104,7 @@ new_exp_1 (op, right)
}
static struct expression *
new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
enum operator op;
struct expression *left;
struct expression *right;
new_exp_2 (enum operator op, struct expression *left, struct expression *right)
{
struct expression *args[2];
@ -139,11 +114,8 @@ new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
}
static inline struct expression *
new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
enum operator op;
struct expression *bexp;
struct expression *tbranch;
struct expression *fbranch;
new_exp_3 (enum operator op, struct expression *bexp,
struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch)
{
struct expression *args[3];
@ -234,8 +206,7 @@ exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp
void
internal_function
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
struct expression *exp;
FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp)
{
if (exp == NULL)
return;
@ -261,9 +232,7 @@ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
static int
yylex (lval, pexp)
YYSTYPE *lval;
const char **pexp;
yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)
{
const char *exp = *pexp;
int result;
@ -406,8 +375,7 @@ yylex (lval, pexp)
static void
yyerror (str)
const char *str;
yyerror (const char *str)
{
/* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
}

119
intl/printf-args.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
/* Decomposed printf argument list.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
/* Specification. */
#include "printf-args.h"
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#endif
int
printf_fetchargs (va_list args, arguments *a)
{
size_t i;
argument *ap;
for (i = 0, ap = &a->arg[0]; i < a->count; i++, ap++)
switch (ap->type)
{
case TYPE_SCHAR:
ap->a.a_schar = va_arg (args, /*signed char*/ int);
break;
case TYPE_UCHAR:
ap->a.a_uchar = va_arg (args, /*unsigned char*/ int);
break;
case TYPE_SHORT:
ap->a.a_short = va_arg (args, /*short*/ int);
break;
case TYPE_USHORT:
ap->a.a_ushort = va_arg (args, /*unsigned short*/ int);
break;
case TYPE_INT:
ap->a.a_int = va_arg (args, int);
break;
case TYPE_UINT:
ap->a.a_uint = va_arg (args, unsigned int);
break;
case TYPE_LONGINT:
ap->a.a_longint = va_arg (args, long int);
break;
case TYPE_ULONGINT:
ap->a.a_ulongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long int);
break;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
ap->a.a_longlongint = va_arg (args, long long int);
break;
case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
ap->a.a_ulonglongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long long int);
break;
#endif
case TYPE_DOUBLE:
ap->a.a_double = va_arg (args, double);
break;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
ap->a.a_longdouble = va_arg (args, long double);
break;
#endif
case TYPE_CHAR:
ap->a.a_char = va_arg (args, int);
break;
#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
ap->a.a_wide_char = va_arg (args, wint_t);
break;
#endif
case TYPE_STRING:
ap->a.a_string = va_arg (args, const char *);
break;
#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
ap->a.a_wide_string = va_arg (args, const wchar_t *);
break;
#endif
case TYPE_POINTER:
ap->a.a_pointer = va_arg (args, void *);
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_schar_pointer = va_arg (args, signed char *);
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_short_pointer = va_arg (args, short *);
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_int_pointer = va_arg (args, int *);
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_longint_pointer = va_arg (args, long int *);
break;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = va_arg (args, long long int *);
break;
#endif
default:
/* Unknown type. */
return -1;
}
return 0;
}

137
intl/printf-args.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
/* Decomposed printf argument list.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _PRINTF_ARGS_H
#define _PRINTF_ARGS_H
/* Get size_t. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* Get wchar_t. */
#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
# include <stddef.h>
#endif
/* Get wint_t. */
#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
# include <wchar.h>
#endif
/* Get va_list. */
#include <stdarg.h>
/* Argument types */
typedef enum
{
TYPE_NONE,
TYPE_SCHAR,
TYPE_UCHAR,
TYPE_SHORT,
TYPE_USHORT,
TYPE_INT,
TYPE_UINT,
TYPE_LONGINT,
TYPE_ULONGINT,
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
TYPE_LONGLONGINT,
TYPE_ULONGLONGINT,
#endif
TYPE_DOUBLE,
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
TYPE_LONGDOUBLE,
#endif
TYPE_CHAR,
#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
TYPE_WIDE_CHAR,
#endif
TYPE_STRING,
#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
TYPE_WIDE_STRING,
#endif
TYPE_POINTER,
TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER,
TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER,
TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER,
TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
, TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER
#endif
} arg_type;
/* Polymorphic argument */
typedef struct
{
arg_type type;
union
{
signed char a_schar;
unsigned char a_uchar;
short a_short;
unsigned short a_ushort;
int a_int;
unsigned int a_uint;
long int a_longint;
unsigned long int a_ulongint;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
long long int a_longlongint;
unsigned long long int a_ulonglongint;
#endif
float a_float;
double a_double;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
long double a_longdouble;
#endif
int a_char;
#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
wint_t a_wide_char;
#endif
const char* a_string;
#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
const wchar_t* a_wide_string;
#endif
void* a_pointer;
signed char * a_count_schar_pointer;
short * a_count_short_pointer;
int * a_count_int_pointer;
long int * a_count_longint_pointer;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
long long int * a_count_longlongint_pointer;
#endif
}
a;
}
argument;
typedef struct
{
size_t count;
argument *arg;
}
arguments;
/* Fetch the arguments, putting them into a. */
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#else
extern
#endif
int printf_fetchargs (va_list args, arguments *a);
#endif /* _PRINTF_ARGS_H */

537
intl/printf-parse.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,537 @@
/* Formatted output to strings.
Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
/* Specification. */
#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
# include "wprintf-parse.h"
#else
# include "printf-parse.h"
#endif
/* Get size_t, NULL. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* Get intmax_t. */
#if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
# include <stdint.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
# include <inttypes.h>
#endif
/* malloc(), realloc(), free(). */
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Checked size_t computations. */
#include "xsize.h"
#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
# define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse
# define CHAR_T wchar_t
# define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive
# define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives
#else
# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
# define CHAR_T char
# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
#endif
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#endif
int
PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
{
const CHAR_T *cp = format; /* pointer into format */
size_t arg_posn = 0; /* number of regular arguments consumed */
size_t d_allocated; /* allocated elements of d->dir */
size_t a_allocated; /* allocated elements of a->arg */
size_t max_width_length = 0;
size_t max_precision_length = 0;
d->count = 0;
d_allocated = 1;
d->dir = malloc (d_allocated * sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
if (d->dir == NULL)
/* Out of memory. */
return -1;
a->count = 0;
a_allocated = 0;
a->arg = NULL;
#define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \
{ \
size_t n = (_index_); \
if (n >= a_allocated) \
{ \
size_t memory_size; \
argument *memory; \
\
a_allocated = xtimes (a_allocated, 2); \
if (a_allocated <= n) \
a_allocated = xsum (n, 1); \
memory_size = xtimes (a_allocated, sizeof (argument)); \
if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \
/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ \
goto error; \
memory = (a->arg \
? realloc (a->arg, memory_size) \
: malloc (memory_size)); \
if (memory == NULL) \
/* Out of memory. */ \
goto error; \
a->arg = memory; \
} \
while (a->count <= n) \
a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE; \
if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE) \
a->arg[n].type = (_type_); \
else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_)) \
/* Ambiguous type for positional argument. */ \
goto error; \
}
while (*cp != '\0')
{
CHAR_T c = *cp++;
if (c == '%')
{
size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE;
DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count];/* pointer to next directive */
/* Initialize the next directive. */
dp->dir_start = cp - 1;
dp->flags = 0;
dp->width_start = NULL;
dp->width_end = NULL;
dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
dp->precision_start = NULL;
dp->precision_end = NULL;
dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE;
/* Test for positional argument. */
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
{
const CHAR_T *np;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
;
if (*np == '$')
{
size_t n = 0;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
if (n == 0)
/* Positional argument 0. */
goto error;
if (size_overflow_p (n))
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
goto error;
arg_index = n - 1;
cp = np + 1;
}
}
/* Read the flags. */
for (;;)
{
if (*cp == '\'')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == '-')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == '+')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == ' ')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == '#')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == '0')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO;
cp++;
}
else
break;
}
/* Parse the field width. */
if (*cp == '*')
{
dp->width_start = cp;
cp++;
dp->width_end = cp;
if (max_width_length < 1)
max_width_length = 1;
/* Test for positional argument. */
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
{
const CHAR_T *np;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
;
if (*np == '$')
{
size_t n = 0;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
if (n == 0)
/* Positional argument 0. */
goto error;
if (size_overflow_p (n))
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
goto error;
dp->width_arg_index = n - 1;
cp = np + 1;
}
}
if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
{
dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++;
if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
goto error;
}
REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
}
else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
{
size_t width_length;
dp->width_start = cp;
for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
;
dp->width_end = cp;
width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
if (max_width_length < width_length)
max_width_length = width_length;
}
/* Parse the precision. */
if (*cp == '.')
{
cp++;
if (*cp == '*')
{
dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
cp++;
dp->precision_end = cp;
if (max_precision_length < 2)
max_precision_length = 2;
/* Test for positional argument. */
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
{
const CHAR_T *np;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
;
if (*np == '$')
{
size_t n = 0;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
if (n == 0)
/* Positional argument 0. */
goto error;
if (size_overflow_p (n))
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory
later. */
goto error;
dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1;
cp = np + 1;
}
}
if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
{
dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++;
if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
goto error;
}
REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
}
else
{
size_t precision_length;
dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
;
dp->precision_end = cp;
precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
if (max_precision_length < precision_length)
max_precision_length = precision_length;
}
}
{
arg_type type;
/* Parse argument type/size specifiers. */
{
int flags = 0;
for (;;)
{
if (*cp == 'h')
{
flags |= (1 << (flags & 1));
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 'L')
{
flags |= 4;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 'l')
{
flags += 8;
cp++;
}
#ifdef HAVE_INTMAX_T
else if (*cp == 'j')
{
if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long))
{
/* intmax_t = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int))
{
/* intmax_t = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp++;
}
#endif
else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z')
{
/* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z'
because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands
only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784). */
if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long))
{
/* size_t = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int))
{
/* size_t = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 't')
{
if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long))
{
/* ptrdiff_t = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int))
{
/* ptrdiff_t = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp++;
}
else
break;
}
/* Read the conversion character. */
c = *cp++;
switch (c)
{
case 'd': case 'i':
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT;
else
#endif
if (flags >= 8)
type = TYPE_LONGINT;
else if (flags & 2)
type = TYPE_SCHAR;
else if (flags & 1)
type = TYPE_SHORT;
else
type = TYPE_INT;
break;
case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X':
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT;
else
#endif
if (flags >= 8)
type = TYPE_ULONGINT;
else if (flags & 2)
type = TYPE_UCHAR;
else if (flags & 1)
type = TYPE_USHORT;
else
type = TYPE_UINT;
break;
case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
case 'a': case 'A':
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE;
else
#endif
type = TYPE_DOUBLE;
break;
case 'c':
if (flags >= 8)
#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
#else
goto error;
#endif
else
type = TYPE_CHAR;
break;
#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
case 'C':
type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
c = 'c';
break;
#endif
case 's':
if (flags >= 8)
#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
#else
goto error;
#endif
else
type = TYPE_STRING;
break;
#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
case 'S':
type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
c = 's';
break;
#endif
case 'p':
type = TYPE_POINTER;
break;
case 'n':
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER;
else
#endif
if (flags >= 8)
type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER;
else if (flags & 2)
type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER;
else if (flags & 1)
type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER;
else
type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER;
break;
case '%':
type = TYPE_NONE;
break;
default:
/* Unknown conversion character. */
goto error;
}
}
if (type != TYPE_NONE)
{
dp->arg_index = arg_index;
if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
{
dp->arg_index = arg_posn++;
if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
goto error;
}
REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type);
}
dp->conversion = c;
dp->dir_end = cp;
}
d->count++;
if (d->count >= d_allocated)
{
size_t memory_size;
DIRECTIVE *memory;
d_allocated = xtimes (d_allocated, 2);
memory_size = xtimes (d_allocated, sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))
/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */
goto error;
memory = realloc (d->dir, memory_size);
if (memory == NULL)
/* Out of memory. */
goto error;
d->dir = memory;
}
}
}
d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp;
d->max_width_length = max_width_length;
d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length;
return 0;
error:
if (a->arg)
free (a->arg);
if (d->dir)
free (d->dir);
return -1;
}
#undef DIRECTIVES
#undef DIRECTIVE
#undef CHAR_T
#undef PRINTF_PARSE

75
intl/printf-parse.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/* Parse printf format string.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _PRINTF_PARSE_H
#define _PRINTF_PARSE_H
#include "printf-args.h"
/* Flags */
#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */
#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */
#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */
#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */
#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */
#define FLAG_ZERO 32
/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */
#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0)
/* A parsed directive. */
typedef struct
{
const char* dir_start;
const char* dir_end;
int flags;
const char* width_start;
const char* width_end;
size_t width_arg_index;
const char* precision_start;
const char* precision_end;
size_t precision_arg_index;
char conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */
size_t arg_index;
}
char_directive;
/* A parsed format string. */
typedef struct
{
size_t count;
char_directive *dir;
size_t max_width_length;
size_t max_precision_length;
}
char_directives;
/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
arguments and the needed count of arguments. */
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#else
extern
#endif
int printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a);
#endif /* _PRINTF_PARSE_H */

371
intl/printf.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
/* Formatted output to strings, using POSIX/XSI format strings with positions.
Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#else
# ifdef _MSC_VER
# include <malloc.h>
# define alloca _alloca
# else
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
# include <alloca.h>
# else
# ifdef _AIX
#pragma alloca
# else
# ifndef alloca
char *alloca ();
# endif
# endif
# endif
# endif
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#if !HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */
#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
#else
# define DLL_EXPORTED
#endif
#define STATIC static
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-args.h". */
#include "printf-args.c"
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-parse.h". */
#include "printf-parse.c"
/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */
#define vasnprintf libintl_vasnprintf
#include "vasnprintf.c"
#if 0 /* not needed */
#define asnprintf libintl_asnprintf
#include "asnprintf.c"
#endif
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vfprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list args)
{
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
return vfprintf (stream, format, args);
else
{
size_t length;
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
int retval = -1;
if (result != NULL)
{
if (fwrite (result, 1, length, stream) == length)
retval = length;
free (result);
}
return retval;
}
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_fprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vfprintf (stream, format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vprintf (const char *format, va_list args)
{
return libintl_vfprintf (stdout, format, args);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_printf (const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vprintf (format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vsprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, va_list args)
{
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
return vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args);
else
{
size_t length = (size_t) ~0 / (4 * sizeof (char));
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
if (result != resultbuf)
{
free (result);
return -1;
}
else
return length;
}
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_sprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
#if HAVE_SNPRINTF
# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
/* Windows. */
# define system_vsnprintf _vsnprintf
# else
/* Unix. */
# define system_vsnprintf vsnprintf
# endif
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vsnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, va_list args)
{
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
return system_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
else
{
size_t maxlength = length;
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
if (result != resultbuf)
{
if (maxlength > 0)
{
if (length < maxlength)
abort ();
memcpy (resultbuf, result, maxlength - 1);
resultbuf[maxlength - 1] = '\0';
}
free (result);
return -1;
}
else
return length;
}
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_snprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
#endif
#if HAVE_ASPRINTF
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vasprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, va_list args)
{
size_t length;
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
if (result == NULL)
return -1;
*resultp = result;
return length;
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_asprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vasprintf (resultp, format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
#endif
#if HAVE_FWPRINTF
#include <wchar.h>
#define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "wprintf-parse.h". */
#include "printf-parse.c"
/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */
#define vasnwprintf libintl_vasnwprintf
#include "vasnprintf.c"
#if 0 /* not needed */
#define asnwprintf libintl_asnwprintf
#include "asnprintf.c"
#endif
# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF
/* Windows. */
# define system_vswprintf _vsnwprintf
# else
/* Unix. */
# define system_vswprintf vswprintf
# endif
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vfwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
{
if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL)
return vfwprintf (stream, format, args);
else
{
size_t length;
wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
int retval = -1;
if (result != NULL)
{
size_t i;
for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
if (fputwc (result[i], stream) == WEOF)
break;
if (i == length)
retval = length;
free (result);
}
return retval;
}
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_fwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vfwprintf (stream, format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vwprintf (const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
{
return libintl_vfwprintf (stdout, format, args);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_wprintf (const wchar_t *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vwprintf (format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vswprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
{
if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL)
return system_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
else
{
size_t maxlength = length;
wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
if (result != resultbuf)
{
if (maxlength > 0)
{
if (length < maxlength)
abort ();
memcpy (resultbuf, result, (maxlength - 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
resultbuf[maxlength - 1] = 0;
}
free (result);
return -1;
}
else
return length;
}
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_swprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
#endif
#endif

449
intl/relocatable.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,449 @@
/* Provide relocatable packages.
Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for getline().
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include "config.h"
#endif
/* Specification. */
#include "relocatable.h"
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
# define xmalloc malloc
#else
# include "xalloc.h"
#endif
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
#endif
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
# include <libcharset.h>
#endif
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV
# include <iconv.h>
#endif
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS
# include <libintl.h>
#endif
/* Faked cheap 'bool'. */
#undef bool
#undef false
#undef true
#define bool int
#define false 0
#define true 1
/* Pathname support.
ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
*/
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
&& (P)[1] == ':')
# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
(strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0)
#else
/* Unix */
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0
#endif
/* Original installation prefix. */
static char *orig_prefix;
static size_t orig_prefix_len;
/* Current installation prefix. */
static char *curr_prefix;
static size_t curr_prefix_len;
/* These prefixes do not end in a slash. Anything that will be concatenated
to them must start with a slash. */
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of this module.
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
instead of "/"). */
static void
set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg,
const char *curr_prefix_arg)
{
if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL
/* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the
relocation is a nop. */
&& strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0)
{
/* Duplicate the argument strings. */
char *memory;
orig_prefix_len = strlen (orig_prefix_arg);
curr_prefix_len = strlen (curr_prefix_arg);
memory = (char *) xmalloc (orig_prefix_len + 1 + curr_prefix_len + 1);
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
if (memory != NULL)
#endif
{
memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1);
orig_prefix = memory;
memory += orig_prefix_len + 1;
memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1);
curr_prefix = memory;
return;
}
}
orig_prefix = NULL;
curr_prefix = NULL;
/* Don't worry about wasted memory here - this function is usually only
called once. */
}
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
instead of "/"). */
void
set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg)
{
set_this_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
/* Now notify all dependent libraries. */
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
libcharset_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
#endif
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV && _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0109
libiconv_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
#endif
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS && defined libintl_set_relocation_prefix
libintl_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
#endif
}
#if !defined IN_LIBRARY || (defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR)
/* Convenience function:
Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */
#ifdef IN_LIBRARY
#define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix
static
#endif
const char *
compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
const char *orig_installdir,
const char *curr_pathname)
{
const char *curr_installdir;
const char *rel_installdir;
if (curr_pathname == NULL)
return NULL;
/* Determine the relative installation directory, relative to the prefix.
This is simply the difference between orig_installprefix and
orig_installdir. */
if (strncmp (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, strlen (orig_installprefix))
!= 0)
/* Shouldn't happen - nothing should be installed outside $(prefix). */
return NULL;
rel_installdir = orig_installdir + strlen (orig_installprefix);
/* Determine the current installation directory. */
{
const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname);
const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname);
char *q;
while (p > p_base)
{
p--;
if (ISSLASH (*p))
break;
}
q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1);
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
if (q == NULL)
return NULL;
#endif
memcpy (q, curr_pathname, p - curr_pathname);
q[p - curr_pathname] = '\0';
curr_installdir = q;
}
/* Compute the current installation prefix by removing the trailing
rel_installdir from it. */
{
const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir);
const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir);
const char *cp_base =
curr_installdir + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir);
while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base)
{
bool same = false;
const char *rpi = rp;
const char *cpi = cp;
while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base)
{
rpi--;
cpi--;
if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi))
{
if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi))
same = true;
break;
}
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant filesystem */
if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi)
!= (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi))
break;
#else
if (*rpi != *cpi)
break;
#endif
}
if (!same)
break;
/* The last pathname component was the same. opi and cpi now point
to the slash before it. */
rp = rpi;
cp = cpi;
}
if (rp > rel_installdir)
/* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir. */
return NULL;
{
size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir;
char *curr_prefix;
curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1);
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
if (curr_prefix == NULL)
return NULL;
#endif
memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len);
curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0';
return curr_prefix;
}
}
}
#endif /* !IN_LIBRARY || PIC */
#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
/* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL. */
static char *shared_library_fullname;
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
/* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded. */
BOOL WINAPI
DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved)
{
(void) reserved;
if (event == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH)
{
/* The DLL is being loaded into an application's address range. */
static char location[MAX_PATH];
if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location)))
/* Shouldn't happen. */
return FALSE;
if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location))
/* Shouldn't happen. */
return FALSE;
shared_library_fullname = strdup (location);
}
return TRUE;
}
#else /* Unix */
static void
find_shared_library_fullname ()
{
#if defined __linux__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
/* Linux has /proc/self/maps. glibc 2 has the getline() function. */
FILE *fp;
/* Open the current process' maps file. It describes one VMA per line. */
fp = fopen ("/proc/self/maps", "r");
if (fp)
{
unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname;
for (;;)
{
unsigned long start, end;
int c;
if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2)
break;
if (address >= start && address <= end - 1)
{
/* Found it. Now see if this line contains a filename. */
while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/')
continue;
if (c == '/')
{
size_t size;
int len;
ungetc (c, fp);
shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0;
len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp);
if (len >= 0)
{
/* Success: filled shared_library_fullname. */
if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n')
shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0';
}
}
break;
}
while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n')
continue;
}
fclose (fp);
}
#endif
}
#endif /* WIN32 / Unix */
/* Return the full pathname of the current shared library.
Return NULL if unknown.
Guaranteed to work only on Linux and Woe32. */
static char *
get_shared_library_fullname ()
{
#if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__)
static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname;
if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname)
{
find_shared_library_fullname ();
tried_find_shared_library_fullname = true;
}
#endif
return shared_library_fullname;
}
#endif /* PIC */
/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
directory. */
const char *
relocate (const char *pathname)
{
#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
static int initialized;
/* Initialization code for a shared library. */
if (!initialized)
{
/* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been
set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir
function. This is sufficient in the case that the library has
initially been installed in the same orig_prefix. But we can do
better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed
in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later)
to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from
orig_prefix. */
const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX;
const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR;
const char *curr_prefix_better;
curr_prefix_better =
compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir,
get_shared_library_fullname ());
if (curr_prefix_better == NULL)
curr_prefix_better = curr_prefix;
set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix, curr_prefix_better);
initialized = 1;
}
#endif
/* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here,
even for DOS-like filesystems, because the pathname argument was
typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came
from. */
if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL
&& strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0)
{
if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0')
/* pathname equals orig_prefix. */
return curr_prefix;
if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len]))
{
/* pathname starts with orig_prefix. */
const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len];
char *result =
(char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1);
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
if (result != NULL)
#endif
{
memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len);
strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail);
return result;
}
}
}
/* Nothing to relocate. */
return pathname;
}
#endif

77
intl/relocatable.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/* Provide relocatable packages.
Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H
#define _RELOCATABLE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option. */
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport)
in any case. */
#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
#else
# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED
#endif
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
instead of "/"). */
extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void
set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
const char *curr_prefix);
/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
directory. */
extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname);
/* Memory management: relocate() leaks memory, because it has to construct
a fresh pathname. If this is a problem because your program calls
relocate() frequently, think about caching the result. */
/* Convenience function:
Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */
extern const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
const char *orig_installdir,
const char *curr_pathname);
#else
/* By default, we use the hardwired pathnames. */
#define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@ -44,17 +44,17 @@
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
#if !defined _LIBC
# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Name of the default text domain. */
extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[];
extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden;
/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain;
extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden;
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
@ -67,18 +67,17 @@ extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain;
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
# endif
#else
# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__
# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain
#endif
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
char *
TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
const char *domainname;
TEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname)
{
char *new_domain;
char *old_domain;

887
intl/vasnprintf.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,887 @@
/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for snprintf().
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifndef IN_LIBINTL
# include <alloca.h>
#endif
/* Specification. */
#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
# include "vasnwprintf.h"
#else
# include "vasnprintf.h"
#endif
#include <stdio.h> /* snprintf(), sprintf() */
#include <stdlib.h> /* abort(), malloc(), realloc(), free() */
#include <string.h> /* memcpy(), strlen() */
#include <errno.h> /* errno */
#include <limits.h> /* CHAR_BIT */
#include <float.h> /* DBL_MAX_EXP, LDBL_MAX_EXP */
#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
# include "wprintf-parse.h"
#else
# include "printf-parse.h"
#endif
/* Checked size_t computations. */
#include "xsize.h"
#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
# ifdef HAVE_WCSLEN
# define local_wcslen wcslen
# else
/* Solaris 2.5.1 has wcslen() in a separate library libw.so. To avoid
a dependency towards this library, here is a local substitute.
Define this substitute only once, even if this file is included
twice in the same compilation unit. */
# ifndef local_wcslen_defined
# define local_wcslen_defined 1
static size_t
local_wcslen (const wchar_t *s)
{
const wchar_t *ptr;
for (ptr = s; *ptr != (wchar_t) 0; ptr++)
;
return ptr - s;
}
# endif
# endif
#endif
#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
# define VASNPRINTF vasnwprintf
# define CHAR_T wchar_t
# define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive
# define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives
# define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse
# define USE_SNPRINTF 1
# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF
/* On Windows, the function swprintf() has a different signature than
on Unix; we use the _snwprintf() function instead. */
# define SNPRINTF _snwprintf
# else
/* Unix. */
# define SNPRINTF swprintf
# endif
#else
# define VASNPRINTF vasnprintf
# define CHAR_T char
# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
# define USE_SNPRINTF (HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF || HAVE_SNPRINTF)
# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
/* Windows. */
# define SNPRINTF _snprintf
# else
/* Unix. */
# define SNPRINTF snprintf
# endif
#endif
CHAR_T *
VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list args)
{
DIRECTIVES d;
arguments a;
if (PRINTF_PARSE (format, &d, &a) < 0)
{
errno = EINVAL;
return NULL;
}
#define CLEANUP() \
free (d.dir); \
if (a.arg) \
free (a.arg);
if (printf_fetchargs (args, &a) < 0)
{
CLEANUP ();
errno = EINVAL;
return NULL;
}
{
size_t buf_neededlength;
CHAR_T *buf;
CHAR_T *buf_malloced;
const CHAR_T *cp;
size_t i;
DIRECTIVE *dp;
/* Output string accumulator. */
CHAR_T *result;
size_t allocated;
size_t length;
/* Allocate a small buffer that will hold a directive passed to
sprintf or snprintf. */
buf_neededlength =
xsum4 (7, d.max_width_length, d.max_precision_length, 6);
#if HAVE_ALLOCA
if (buf_neededlength < 4000 / sizeof (CHAR_T))
{
buf = (CHAR_T *) alloca (buf_neededlength * sizeof (CHAR_T));
buf_malloced = NULL;
}
else
#endif
{
size_t buf_memsize = xtimes (buf_neededlength, sizeof (CHAR_T));
if (size_overflow_p (buf_memsize))
goto out_of_memory_1;
buf = (CHAR_T *) malloc (buf_memsize);
if (buf == NULL)
goto out_of_memory_1;
buf_malloced = buf;
}
if (resultbuf != NULL)
{
result = resultbuf;
allocated = *lengthp;
}
else
{
result = NULL;
allocated = 0;
}
length = 0;
/* Invariants:
result is either == resultbuf or == NULL or malloc-allocated.
If length > 0, then result != NULL. */
/* Ensures that allocated >= needed. Aborts through a jump to
out_of_memory if needed is SIZE_MAX or otherwise too big. */
#define ENSURE_ALLOCATION(needed) \
if ((needed) > allocated) \
{ \
size_t memory_size; \
CHAR_T *memory; \
\
allocated = (allocated > 0 ? xtimes (allocated, 2) : 12); \
if ((needed) > allocated) \
allocated = (needed); \
memory_size = xtimes (allocated, sizeof (CHAR_T)); \
if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \
goto out_of_memory; \
if (result == resultbuf || result == NULL) \
memory = (CHAR_T *) malloc (memory_size); \
else \
memory = (CHAR_T *) realloc (result, memory_size); \
if (memory == NULL) \
goto out_of_memory; \
if (result == resultbuf && length > 0) \
memcpy (memory, result, length * sizeof (CHAR_T)); \
result = memory; \
}
for (cp = format, i = 0, dp = &d.dir[0]; ; cp = dp->dir_end, i++, dp++)
{
if (cp != dp->dir_start)
{
size_t n = dp->dir_start - cp;
size_t augmented_length = xsum (length, n);
ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length);
memcpy (result + length, cp, n * sizeof (CHAR_T));
length = augmented_length;
}
if (i == d.count)
break;
/* Execute a single directive. */
if (dp->conversion == '%')
{
size_t augmented_length;
if (!(dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE))
abort ();
augmented_length = xsum (length, 1);
ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length);
result[length] = '%';
length = augmented_length;
}
else
{
if (!(dp->arg_index != ARG_NONE))
abort ();
if (dp->conversion == 'n')
{
switch (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type)
{
case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
*a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_schar_pointer = length;
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
*a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_short_pointer = length;
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
*a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_int_pointer = length;
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
*a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longint_pointer = length;
break;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
*a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = length;
break;
#endif
default:
abort ();
}
}
else
{
arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type;
CHAR_T *p;
unsigned int prefix_count;
int prefixes[2];
#if !USE_SNPRINTF
size_t tmp_length;
CHAR_T tmpbuf[700];
CHAR_T *tmp;
/* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size for calling
sprintf. */
{
size_t width;
size_t precision;
width = 0;
if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
{
if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
{
int arg;
if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
abort ();
arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
width = (arg < 0 ? (unsigned int) (-arg) : arg);
}
else
{
const CHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start;
do
width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
while (digitp != dp->width_end);
}
}
precision = 6;
if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
{
if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
{
int arg;
if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
abort ();
arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
precision = (arg < 0 ? 0 : arg);
}
else
{
const CHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1;
precision = 0;
do
precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
while (digitp != dp->precision_end);
}
}
switch (dp->conversion)
{
case 'd': case 'i': case 'u':
# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
* 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
* 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
)
+ 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+ 1; /* account for leading sign */
else
# endif
if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
* 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
* 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
)
+ 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+ 1; /* account for leading sign */
else
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
* 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
* 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
)
+ 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+ 1; /* account for leading sign */
break;
case 'o':
# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
* 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
)
+ 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+ 1; /* account for leading sign */
else
# endif
if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
* 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
)
+ 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+ 1; /* account for leading sign */
else
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
* 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
)
+ 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+ 1; /* account for leading sign */
break;
case 'x': case 'X':
# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
* 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
)
+ 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+ 2; /* account for leading sign or alternate form */
else
# endif
if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
* 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
)
+ 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+ 2; /* account for leading sign or alternate form */
else
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
* 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
)
+ 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+ 2; /* account for leading sign or alternate form */
break;
case 'f': case 'F':
# ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE)
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (LDBL_MAX_EXP
* 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
* 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
)
+ 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+ 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */
else
# endif
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (DBL_MAX_EXP
* 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
* 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
)
+ 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+ 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */
tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision);
break;
case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
case 'a': case 'A':
tmp_length =
12; /* sign, decimal point, exponent etc. */
tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision);
break;
case 'c':
# if defined HAVE_WINT_T && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
if (type == TYPE_WIDE_CHAR)
tmp_length = MB_CUR_MAX;
else
# endif
tmp_length = 1;
break;
case 's':
# ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
if (type == TYPE_WIDE_STRING)
{
tmp_length =
local_wcslen (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string);
# if !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
tmp_length = xtimes (tmp_length, MB_CUR_MAX);
# endif
}
else
# endif
tmp_length = strlen (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string);
break;
case 'p':
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (sizeof (void *) * CHAR_BIT
* 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
)
+ 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+ 2; /* account for leading 0x */
break;
default:
abort ();
}
if (tmp_length < width)
tmp_length = width;
tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); /* account for trailing NUL */
}
if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (CHAR_T))
tmp = tmpbuf;
else
{
size_t tmp_memsize = xtimes (tmp_length, sizeof (CHAR_T));
if (size_overflow_p (tmp_memsize))
/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */
goto out_of_memory;
tmp = (CHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_memsize);
if (tmp == NULL)
/* Out of memory. */
goto out_of_memory;
}
#endif
/* Construct the format string for calling snprintf or
sprintf. */
p = buf;
*p++ = '%';
if (dp->flags & FLAG_GROUP)
*p++ = '\'';
if (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)
*p++ = '-';
if (dp->flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN)
*p++ = '+';
if (dp->flags & FLAG_SPACE)
*p++ = ' ';
if (dp->flags & FLAG_ALT)
*p++ = '#';
if (dp->flags & FLAG_ZERO)
*p++ = '0';
if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
{
size_t n = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
memcpy (p, dp->width_start, n * sizeof (CHAR_T));
p += n;
}
if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
{
size_t n = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
memcpy (p, dp->precision_start, n * sizeof (CHAR_T));
p += n;
}
switch (type)
{
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
*p++ = 'l';
/*FALLTHROUGH*/
#endif
case TYPE_LONGINT:
case TYPE_ULONGINT:
#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
#endif
*p++ = 'l';
break;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
*p++ = 'L';
break;
#endif
default:
break;
}
*p = dp->conversion;
#if USE_SNPRINTF
p[1] = '%';
p[2] = 'n';
p[3] = '\0';
#else
p[1] = '\0';
#endif
/* Construct the arguments for calling snprintf or sprintf. */
prefix_count = 0;
if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
{
if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
abort ();
prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
}
if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
{
if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
abort ();
prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
}
#if USE_SNPRINTF
/* Prepare checking whether snprintf returns the count
via %n. */
ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1));
result[length] = '\0';
#endif
for (;;)
{
size_t maxlen;
int count;
int retcount;
maxlen = allocated - length;
count = -1;
retcount = 0;
#if USE_SNPRINTF
# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \
switch (prefix_count) \
{ \
case 0: \
retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf, \
arg, &count); \
break; \
case 1: \
retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf, \
prefixes[0], arg, &count); \
break; \
case 2: \
retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf, \
prefixes[0], prefixes[1], arg, \
&count); \
break; \
default: \
abort (); \
}
#else
# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \
switch (prefix_count) \
{ \
case 0: \
count = sprintf (tmp, buf, arg); \
break; \
case 1: \
count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], arg); \
break; \
case 2: \
count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], prefixes[1],\
arg); \
break; \
default: \
abort (); \
}
#endif
switch (type)
{
case TYPE_SCHAR:
{
int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_schar;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
case TYPE_UCHAR:
{
unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uchar;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
case TYPE_SHORT:
{
int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_short;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
case TYPE_USHORT:
{
unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ushort;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
case TYPE_INT:
{
int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_int;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
case TYPE_UINT:
{
unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uint;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
case TYPE_LONGINT:
{
long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longint;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
case TYPE_ULONGINT:
{
unsigned long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulongint;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
{
long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longlongint;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
{
unsigned long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulonglongint;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
#endif
case TYPE_DOUBLE:
{
double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
{
long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
#endif
case TYPE_CHAR:
{
int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_char;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
{
wint_t arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_char;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
#endif
case TYPE_STRING:
{
const char *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
{
const wchar_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
#endif
case TYPE_POINTER:
{
void *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_pointer;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
default:
abort ();
}
#if USE_SNPRINTF
/* Portability: Not all implementations of snprintf()
are ISO C 99 compliant. Determine the number of
bytes that snprintf() has produced or would have
produced. */
if (count >= 0)
{
/* Verify that snprintf() has NUL-terminated its
result. */
if (count < maxlen && result[length + count] != '\0')
abort ();
/* Portability hack. */
if (retcount > count)
count = retcount;
}
else
{
/* snprintf() doesn't understand the '%n'
directive. */
if (p[1] != '\0')
{
/* Don't use the '%n' directive; instead, look
at the snprintf() return value. */
p[1] = '\0';
continue;
}
else
{
/* Look at the snprintf() return value. */
if (retcount < 0)
{
/* HP-UX 10.20 snprintf() is doubly deficient:
It doesn't understand the '%n' directive,
*and* it returns -1 (rather than the length
that would have been required) when the
buffer is too small. */
size_t bigger_need =
xsum (xtimes (allocated, 2), 12);
ENSURE_ALLOCATION (bigger_need);
continue;
}
else
count = retcount;
}
}
#endif
/* Attempt to handle failure. */
if (count < 0)
{
if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
free (result);
if (buf_malloced != NULL)
free (buf_malloced);
CLEANUP ();
errno = EINVAL;
return NULL;
}
#if !USE_SNPRINTF
if (count >= tmp_length)
/* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the
code above! */
abort ();
#endif
/* Make room for the result. */
if (count >= maxlen)
{
/* Need at least count bytes. But allocate
proportionally, to avoid looping eternally if
snprintf() reports a too small count. */
size_t n =
xmax (xsum (length, count), xtimes (allocated, 2));
ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n);
#if USE_SNPRINTF
continue;
#endif
}
#if USE_SNPRINTF
/* The snprintf() result did fit. */
#else
/* Append the sprintf() result. */
memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (CHAR_T));
if (tmp != tmpbuf)
free (tmp);
#endif
length += count;
break;
}
}
}
}
/* Add the final NUL. */
ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1));
result[length] = '\0';
if (result != resultbuf && length + 1 < allocated)
{
/* Shrink the allocated memory if possible. */
CHAR_T *memory;
memory = (CHAR_T *) realloc (result, (length + 1) * sizeof (CHAR_T));
if (memory != NULL)
result = memory;
}
if (buf_malloced != NULL)
free (buf_malloced);
CLEANUP ();
*lengthp = length;
return result;
out_of_memory:
if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
free (result);
if (buf_malloced != NULL)
free (buf_malloced);
out_of_memory_1:
CLEANUP ();
errno = ENOMEM;
return NULL;
}
}
#undef SNPRINTF
#undef USE_SNPRINTF
#undef PRINTF_PARSE
#undef DIRECTIVES
#undef DIRECTIVE
#undef CHAR_T
#undef VASNPRINTF

61
intl/vasnprintf.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _VASNPRINTF_H
#define _VASNPRINTF_H
/* Get va_list. */
#include <stdarg.h>
/* Get size_t. */
#include <stddef.h>
#ifndef __attribute__
/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
# endif
/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
# define __format__ format
# define __printf__ printf
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its
size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL.
If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF
if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the
number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set
errno and return NULL. */
extern char * asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
extern char * vasnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, va_list args)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)));
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _VASNPRINTF_H */

46
intl/vasnwprintf.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
/* vswprintf with automatic memory allocation.
Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _VASNWPRINTF_H
#define _VASNWPRINTF_H
/* Get va_list. */
#include <stdarg.h>
/* Get wchar_t, size_t. */
#include <stddef.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its
size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL.
If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF
if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the
number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set
errno and return NULL. */
extern wchar_t * asnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, ...);
extern wchar_t * vasnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, va_list args);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _VASNWPRINTF_H */

75
intl/wprintf-parse.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/* Parse printf format string.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _WPRINTF_PARSE_H
#define _WPRINTF_PARSE_H
#include "printf-args.h"
/* Flags */
#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */
#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */
#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */
#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */
#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */
#define FLAG_ZERO 32
/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */
#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0)
/* A parsed directive. */
typedef struct
{
const wchar_t* dir_start;
const wchar_t* dir_end;
int flags;
const wchar_t* width_start;
const wchar_t* width_end;
size_t width_arg_index;
const wchar_t* precision_start;
const wchar_t* precision_end;
size_t precision_arg_index;
wchar_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */
size_t arg_index;
}
wchar_t_directive;
/* A parsed format string. */
typedef struct
{
size_t count;
wchar_t_directive *dir;
size_t max_width_length;
size_t max_precision_length;
}
wchar_t_directives;
/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
arguments and the needed count of arguments. */
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#else
extern
#endif
int wprintf_parse (const wchar_t *format, wchar_t_directives *d, arguments *a);
#endif /* _WPRINTF_PARSE_H */

109
intl/xsize.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
/* xsize.h -- Checked size_t computations.
Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _XSIZE_H
#define _XSIZE_H
/* Get size_t. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* Get SIZE_MAX. */
#include <limits.h>
#if HAVE_STDINT_H
# include <stdint.h>
#endif
/* The size of memory objects is often computed through expressions of
type size_t. Example:
void* p = malloc (header_size + n * element_size).
These computations can lead to overflow. When this happens, malloc()
returns a piece of memory that is way too small, and the program then
crashes while attempting to fill the memory.
To avoid this, the functions and macros in this file check for overflow.
The convention is that SIZE_MAX represents overflow.
malloc (SIZE_MAX) is not guaranteed to fail -- think of a malloc
implementation that uses mmap --, it's recommended to use size_overflow_p()
or size_in_bounds_p() before invoking malloc().
The example thus becomes:
size_t size = xsum (header_size, xtimes (n, element_size));
void *p = (size_in_bounds_p (size) ? malloc (size) : NULL);
*/
/* Convert an arbitrary value >= 0 to type size_t. */
#define xcast_size_t(N) \
((N) <= SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) (N) : SIZE_MAX)
/* Sum of two sizes, with overflow check. */
static inline size_t
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
#endif
xsum (size_t size1, size_t size2)
{
size_t sum = size1 + size2;
return (sum >= size1 ? sum : SIZE_MAX);
}
/* Sum of three sizes, with overflow check. */
static inline size_t
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
#endif
xsum3 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3)
{
return xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3);
}
/* Sum of four sizes, with overflow check. */
static inline size_t
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
#endif
xsum4 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3, size_t size4)
{
return xsum (xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3), size4);
}
/* Maximum of two sizes, with overflow check. */
static inline size_t
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
#endif
xmax (size_t size1, size_t size2)
{
/* No explicit check is needed here, because for any n:
max (SIZE_MAX, n) == SIZE_MAX and max (n, SIZE_MAX) == SIZE_MAX. */
return (size1 >= size2 ? size1 : size2);
}
/* Multiplication of a count with an element size, with overflow check.
The count must be >= 0 and the element size must be > 0.
This is a macro, not an inline function, so that it works correctly even
when N is of a wider tupe and N > SIZE_MAX. */
#define xtimes(N, ELSIZE) \
((N) <= SIZE_MAX / (ELSIZE) ? (size_t) (N) * (ELSIZE) : SIZE_MAX)
/* Check for overflow. */
#define size_overflow_p(SIZE) \
((SIZE) == SIZE_MAX)
/* Check against overflow. */
#define size_in_bounds_p(SIZE) \
((SIZE) != SIZE_MAX)
#endif /* _XSIZE_H */

2
m4/.cvsignore Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
Makefile.in
Makefile

32
m4/ChangeLog Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
2004-05-26 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
* codeset.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* gettext.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* glibc21.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* iconv.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* intdiv0.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* intmax.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* inttypes.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* inttypes_h.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* inttypes-pri.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* isc-posix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* lcmessage.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* lib-ld.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* lib-link.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* lib-prefix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* longdouble.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* longlong.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* nls.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* po.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* printf-posix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* progtest.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* signed.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* size_max.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* stdint_h.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* uintmax_t.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* ulonglong.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* wchar_t.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* wint_t.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* xsize.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* Makefile.am: New file.

1
m4/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
EXTRA_DIST = codeset.m4 gettext.m4 glibc21.m4 iconv.m4 intdiv0.m4 intmax.m4 inttypes.m4 inttypes_h.m4 inttypes-pri.m4 isc-posix.m4 lcmessage.m4 lib-ld.m4 lib-link.m4 lib-prefix.m4 longdouble.m4 longlong.m4 nls.m4 po.m4 printf-posix.m4 progtest.m4 signed.m4 size_max.m4 stdint_h.m4 uintmax_t.m4 ulonglong.m4 wchar_t.m4 wint_t.m4 xsize.m4

72
m4/intdiv0.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
# intdiv0.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.3)
dnl Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
AC_DEFUN([gt_INTDIV0],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether integer division by zero raises SIGFPE],
gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe,
[
AC_TRY_RUN([
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <signal.h>
static void
#ifdef __cplusplus
sigfpe_handler (int sig)
#else
sigfpe_handler (sig) int sig;
#endif
{
/* Exit with code 0 if SIGFPE, with code 1 if any other signal. */
exit (sig != SIGFPE);
}
int x = 1;
int y = 0;
int z;
int nan;
int main ()
{
signal (SIGFPE, sigfpe_handler);
/* IRIX and AIX (when "xlc -qcheck" is used) yield signal SIGTRAP. */
#if (defined (__sgi) || defined (_AIX)) && defined (SIGTRAP)
signal (SIGTRAP, sigfpe_handler);
#endif
/* Linux/SPARC yields signal SIGILL. */
#if defined (__sparc__) && defined (__linux__)
signal (SIGILL, sigfpe_handler);
#endif
z = x / y;
nan = y / y;
exit (1);
}
], gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=yes, gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=no,
[
# Guess based on the CPU.
case "$host_cpu" in
alpha* | i[34567]86 | m68k | s390*)
gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing yes";;
*)
gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing no";;
esac
])
])
case "$gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe" in
*yes) value=1;;
*) value=0;;
esac
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE, $value,
[Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE.])
])

32
m4/inttypes-pri.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
# inttypes-pri.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4)
dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
# Define PRI_MACROS_BROKEN if <inttypes.h> exists and defines the PRI*
# macros to non-string values. This is the case on AIX 4.3.3.
AC_DEFUN([gt_INTTYPES_PRI],
[
AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the inttypes.h PRIxNN macros are broken],
gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken,
[
AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <inttypes.h>
#ifdef PRId32
char *p = PRId32;
#endif
], [], gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=no, gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=yes)
])
fi
if test "$gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PRI_MACROS_BROKEN, 1,
[Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros.])
fi
])

27
m4/inttypes.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
# inttypes.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4)
dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl From Paul Eggert.
# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with
# <sys/types.h>.
AC_DEFUN([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h,
[
AC_TRY_COMPILE(
[#include <sys/types.h>
#include <inttypes.h>],
[], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes, gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)
])
if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H, 1,
[Define if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>.])
fi
])

28
m4/inttypes_h.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
# inttypes_h.m4 serial 5 (gettext-0.12)
dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl From Paul Eggert.
# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <inttypes.h> exists,
# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h,
[AC_TRY_COMPILE(
[#include <sys/types.h>
#include <inttypes.h>],
[uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;],
jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes,
jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)])
if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
[Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
and declares uintmax_t. ])
fi
])

112
m4/lib-ld.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
# lib-ld.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.13)
dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4,
dnl with replacements s/AC_/AC_LIB/ and s/lt_cv/acl_cv/ to avoid collision
dnl with libtool.m4.
dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes ;;
*)
acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no ;;
esac])
with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld
])
dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable LD.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD],
[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
[ --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR.
# The user is always right.
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
chmod +x conf$$.sh
if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
else
PATH_SEPARATOR=:
fi
rm -f conf$$.sh
fi
ac_prog=ld
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
# Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
case $host in
*-*-mingw*)
# gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
*)
ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
esac
case $ac_prog in
# Accept absolute paths.
[[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)]
[re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./']
# Canonicalize the path of ld
ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
done
test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
;;
"")
# If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
ac_prog=ld
;;
*)
# If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
with_gnu_ld=unknown
;;
esac
elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
else
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
fi
AC_CACHE_VAL(acl_cv_path_LD,
[if test -z "$LD"; then
IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
for ac_dir in $PATH; do
test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
# Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version,
# but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
# Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
case `"$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null` in
*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break ;;
*)
test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break ;;
esac
fi
done
IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
else
acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
fi])
LD="$acl_cv_path_LD"
if test -n "$LD"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
fi
test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU
])

551
m4/lib-link.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,551 @@
# lib-link.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.12)
dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and
dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [
AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME"
ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME"
ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME"
])
LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs"
LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs"
INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags"
AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the
dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency.
HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
undefine([Name])
undefine([NAME])
])
dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode)
dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and
dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and
dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. If found, it
dnl sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME} and
dnl LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and
dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs
dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME
dnl accordingly.
AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use
dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it.
ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [
ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME"
AC_TRY_LINK([$3], [$4], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=no])
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
])
if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then
HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the $1 library.])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME])
else
HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no
dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need
dnl $INC[]NAME either.
CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS"
LIB[]NAME=
LTLIB[]NAME=
fi
AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
undefine([Name])
undefine([NAME])
])
dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath:
dnl libext, shlibext, hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, hardcode_libdir_separator,
dnl hardcode_direct, hardcode_minus_L.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD]) dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl we use $host
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], acl_cv_rpath, [
CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \
${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh
. ./conftest.sh
rm -f ./conftest.sh
acl_cv_rpath=done
])
wl="$acl_cv_wl"
libext="$acl_cv_libext"
shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext"
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator"
hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct"
hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L"
dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all.
AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath,
[ --disable-rpath do not hardcode runtime library paths],
:, enable_rpath=yes)
])
dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
[
define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
use_additional=yes
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
])
AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib$1-prefix],
[ --with-lib$1-prefix[=DIR] search for lib$1 in DIR/include and DIR/lib
--without-lib$1-prefix don't search for lib$1 in includedir and libdir],
[
if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
use_additional=no
else
if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
])
else
additional_includedir="$withval/include"
additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
fi
fi
])
dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and
dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach.
LIB[]NAME=
LTLIB[]NAME=
INC[]NAME=
rpathdirs=
ltrpathdirs=
names_already_handled=
names_next_round='$1 $2'
while test -n "$names_next_round"; do
names_this_round="$names_next_round"
names_next_round=
for name in $names_this_round; do
already_handled=
for n in $names_already_handled; do
if test "$n" = "$name"; then
already_handled=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$already_handled"; then
names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name"
dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS
dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call.
uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'`
eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\"
if test -n "$value"; then
if test "$value" = yes; then
eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\"
test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\"
test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
else
dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined
dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it.
:
fi
else
dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS
dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME.
found_dir=
found_la=
found_so=
found_a=
if test $use_additional = yes; then
if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
found_dir="$additional_libdir"
found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"
if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
fi
else
if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"; then
found_dir="$additional_libdir"
found_a="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"
if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
fi
fi
fi
fi
if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
case "$x" in
-L*)
dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
found_dir="$dir"
found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"
if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
fi
else
if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$libext"; then
found_dir="$dir"
found_a="$dir/lib$name.$libext"
if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
fi
fi
fi
;;
esac
if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
break
fi
done
fi
if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
dnl Found the library.
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then
dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its
dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the
dnl standard /usr/lib.
if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/lib"; then
dnl No hardcoding is needed.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
else
dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
dnl binary.
dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
haveit=
for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir"
fi
dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent.
if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
dnl resulting binary.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
else
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
dnl binary.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
haveit=
for x in $rpathdirs; do
if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir"
fi
else
dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir".
dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS
dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir"
fi
if test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
dnl here.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
else
dnl We cannot use $hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH
dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the
dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only
dnl very old systems.
dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
dnl here.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
fi
fi
fi
fi
else
if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then
dnl Linking with a static library.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a"
else
dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a
dnl fallback.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
fi
fi
dnl Assume the include files are nearby.
additional_includedir=
case "$found_dir" in
*/lib | */lib/)
basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e 's,/lib/*$,,'`
additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
;;
esac
if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then
dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
dnl But don't add it
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already
dnl constructed $INCNAME,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
haveit=
if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux*) haveit=yes;;
esac
fi
fi
if test -z "$haveit"; then
for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
fi
fi
fi
fi
fi
dnl Look for dependencies.
if test -n "$found_la"; then
dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables
dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current,
dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir.
save_libdir="$libdir"
case "$found_la" in
*/* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;;
*) . "./$found_la" ;;
esac
libdir="$save_libdir"
dnl We use only dependency_libs.
for dep in $dependency_libs; do
case "$dep" in
-L*)
additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME.
dnl But don't add it
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already
dnl constructed $LIBNAME,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
haveit=
if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux*) haveit=yes;;
esac
fi
fi
if test -z "$haveit"; then
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
fi
fi
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME.
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
fi
fi
fi
fi
;;
-R*)
dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'`
if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
haveit=
for x in $rpathdirs; do
if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
fi
dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
haveit=
for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir"
fi
fi
;;
-l*)
dnl Handle this in the next round.
names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'`
;;
*.la)
dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's
dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L
dnl option.
names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'`
;;
*)
dnl Most likely an immediate library name.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
;;
esac
done
fi
else
dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories
dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system
dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the
dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.)
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
fi
fi
fi
done
done
if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must
dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a
dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used.
alldirs=
for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir"
done
dnl Note: hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl.
acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
libdir="$alldirs"
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
else
dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
libdir="$found_dir"
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
done
fi
fi
if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then
dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and
dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative.
for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir"
done
fi
])
dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR,
dnl unless already present in VAR.
dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes
dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR],
[
for element in [$2]; do
haveit=
for x in $[$1]; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
[$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element"
fi
done
])

155
m4/lib-prefix.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
# lib-prefix.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.13)
dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
dnl AC_LIB_ARG_WITH is synonymous to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf-2.13, and
dnl similar to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf 2.52...2.57 except that is doesn't
dnl require excessive bracketing.
ifdef([AC_HELP_STRING],
[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[[$2]],[$3],[$4])])],
[AC_DEFUN([AC_][LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[$2],[$3],[$4])])])
dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed
dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that
dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed
dnl with the same --prefix option.
dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate
dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX],
[
AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
use_additional=yes
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
])
AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix],
[ --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib
--without-lib-prefix don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir],
[
if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
use_additional=no
else
if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
])
else
additional_includedir="$withval/include"
additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
fi
fi
])
if test $use_additional = yes; then
dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
dnl But don't add it
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
dnl 2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS,
dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
haveit=
for x in $CPPFLAGS; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux*) haveit=yes;;
esac
fi
fi
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
fi
fi
fi
fi
dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
dnl But don't add it
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
dnl 2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS,
dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux*) haveit=yes;;
esac
fi
fi
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
fi
fi
fi
fi
fi
])
dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix,
dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and
dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX],
[
dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined
dnl at the end of configure.
if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then
acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
else
acl_final_prefix="$prefix"
fi
if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then
acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}'
else
acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
fi
acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\"
prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
])
dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the
dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have
dnl at the end of the configure script.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX],
[
acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
$1
exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
])

426
m4/po.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
# po.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.14)
dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl
dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
dnl functionality.
dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
dnl Authors:
dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory.
AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])dnl
dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given,
dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work.
dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions.
dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt.
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
(if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
:)
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.12 or newer in the PATH.
dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions.
dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext.
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
(if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
:)
dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
rm -f messages.po
dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge,
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
dnl Test whether we really found GNU msgfmt.
if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then
dnl If it is no GNU msgfmt we define it as : so that the
dnl Makefiles still can work.
if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
(if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
: ;
else
GMSGFMT=`echo "$GMSGFMT" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,'`
AC_MSG_RESULT(
[found $GMSGFMT program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it])
GMSGFMT=":"
fi
fi
dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
dnl Makefiles still can work.
if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
(if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
: ;
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(
[found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
XGETTEXT=":"
fi
dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
rm -f messages.po
fi
AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([
for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
# Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
case "$ac_file" in
*:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
esac
# PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
# Adjust a relative srcdir.
ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
# In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
# In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
.) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
/*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
*) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
esac
if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
POMAKEFILEDEPS="POTFILES.in"
# ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES depend
# on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration
# parameters.
if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
# The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
fi
ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
# Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake.
eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS"
else
# The set of available languages was given in configure.in.
eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS'
fi
# Compute POFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po)
# Compute UPDATEPOFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update)
# Compute DUMMYPOFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop)
# Compute GMOFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo)
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
.) srcdirpre= ;;
*) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
esac
POFILES=
UPDATEPOFILES=
DUMMYPOFILES=
GMOFILES=
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
done
# CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
# environment variable.
INST_LINGUAS=
if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
useit=no
if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
else
desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
fi
for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
# Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
# a. equal to presentlang, or
# b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
# presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
# which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
case "$desiredlang" in
"$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
esac
done
if test $useit = yes; then
INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
fi
done
fi
CATALOGS=
if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
done
fi
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@POMAKEFILEDEPS@|$POMAKEFILEDEPS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do
if test -f "$f"; then
case "$f" in
*.orig | *.bak | *~) ;;
*) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;;
esac
fi
done
fi
;;
esac
done],
[# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute
# POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it
# from automake.
eval 'OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"'
# Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS.
LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}"
])
])
dnl Postprocesses a Makefile in a directory containing PO files.
AC_DEFUN([AM_POSTPROCESS_PO_MAKEFILE],
[
# When this code is run, in config.status, two variables have already been
# set:
# - OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS is the value of LINGUAS set in configure.in,
# - LINGUAS is the value of the environment variable LINGUAS at configure
# time.
changequote(,)dnl
# Adjust a relative srcdir.
ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
# In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
# In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
.) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
/*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
*) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
esac
# Find a way to echo strings without interpreting backslash.
if test "X`(echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
gt_echo='echo'
else
if test "X`(printf '%s\n' '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
gt_echo='printf %s\n'
else
echo_func () {
cat <<EOT
$*
EOT
}
gt_echo='echo_func'
fi
fi
# A sed script that extracts the value of VARIABLE from a Makefile.
sed_x_variable='
# Test if the hold space is empty.
x
s/P/P/
x
ta
# Yes it was empty. Look if we have the expected variable definition.
/^[ ]*VARIABLE[ ]*=/{
# Seen the first line of the variable definition.
s/^[ ]*VARIABLE[ ]*=//
ba
}
bd
:a
# Here we are processing a line from the variable definition.
# Remove comment, more precisely replace it with a space.
s/#.*$/ /
# See if the line ends in a backslash.
tb
:b
s/\\$//
# Print the line, without the trailing backslash.
p
tc
# There was no trailing backslash. The end of the variable definition is
# reached. Clear the hold space.
s/^.*$//
x
bd
:c
# A trailing backslash means that the variable definition continues in the
# next line. Put a nonempty string into the hold space to indicate this.
s/^.*$/P/
x
:d
'
changequote([,])dnl
# Set POTFILES to the value of the Makefile variable POTFILES.
sed_x_POTFILES="`$gt_echo \"$sed_x_variable\" | sed -e '/^ *#/d' -e 's/VARIABLE/POTFILES/g'`"
POTFILES=`sed -n -e "$sed_x_POTFILES" < "$ac_file"`
# Compute POTFILES_DEPS as
# $(foreach file, $(POTFILES), $(top_srcdir)/$(file))
POTFILES_DEPS=
for file in $POTFILES; do
POTFILES_DEPS="$POTFILES_DEPS "'$(top_srcdir)/'"$file"
done
POMAKEFILEDEPS=""
if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
fi
if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
# The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS"
else
# Set ALL_LINGUAS to the value of the Makefile variable LINGUAS.
sed_x_LINGUAS="`$gt_echo \"$sed_x_variable\" | sed -e '/^ *#/d' -e 's/VARIABLE/LINGUAS/g'`"
ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -n -e "$sed_x_LINGUAS" < "$ac_file"`
fi
# Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake.
eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
# Compute POFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po)
# Compute UPDATEPOFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update)
# Compute DUMMYPOFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop)
# Compute GMOFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo)
# Compute PROPERTIESFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(top_srcdir)/$(DOMAIN)_$(lang).properties)
# Compute CLASSFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(top_srcdir)/$(DOMAIN)_$(lang).class)
# Compute QMFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).qm)
# Compute MSGFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(frob $(lang)).msg)
# Compute RESOURCESDLLFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(frob $(lang))/$(DOMAIN).resources.dll)
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
.) srcdirpre= ;;
*) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
esac
POFILES=
UPDATEPOFILES=
DUMMYPOFILES=
GMOFILES=
PROPERTIESFILES=
CLASSFILES=
QMFILES=
MSGFILES=
RESOURCESDLLFILES=
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
PROPERTIESFILES="$PROPERTIESFILES \$(top_srcdir)/\$(DOMAIN)_$lang.properties"
CLASSFILES="$CLASSFILES \$(top_srcdir)/\$(DOMAIN)_$lang.class"
QMFILES="$QMFILES $srcdirpre$lang.qm"
frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
MSGFILES="$MSGFILES $srcdirpre$frobbedlang.msg"
frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g'`
RESOURCESDLLFILES="$RESOURCESDLLFILES $srcdirpre$frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll"
done
# CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
# environment variable.
INST_LINGUAS=
if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
useit=no
if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
else
desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
fi
for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
# Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
# a. equal to presentlang, or
# b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
# presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
# which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
case "$desiredlang" in
"$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
esac
done
if test $useit = yes; then
INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
fi
done
fi
CATALOGS=
JAVACATALOGS=
QTCATALOGS=
TCLCATALOGS=
CSHARPCATALOGS=
if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
JAVACATALOGS="$JAVACATALOGS \$(DOMAIN)_$lang.properties"
QTCATALOGS="$QTCATALOGS $lang.qm"
frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
TCLCATALOGS="$TCLCATALOGS $frobbedlang.msg"
frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g'`
CSHARPCATALOGS="$CSHARPCATALOGS $frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll"
done
fi
sed -e "s|@POTFILES_DEPS@|$POTFILES_DEPS|g" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@PROPERTIESFILES@|$PROPERTIESFILES|g" -e "s|@CLASSFILES@|$CLASSFILES|g" -e "s|@QMFILES@|$QMFILES|g" -e "s|@MSGFILES@|$MSGFILES|g" -e "s|@RESOURCESDLLFILES@|$RESOURCESDLLFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@JAVACATALOGS@|$JAVACATALOGS|g" -e "s|@QTCATALOGS@|$QTCATALOGS|g" -e "s|@TCLCATALOGS@|$TCLCATALOGS|g" -e "s|@CSHARPCATALOGS@|$CSHARPCATALOGS|g" -e 's,^#distdir:,distdir:,' < "$ac_file" > "$ac_file.tmp"
if grep -l '@TCLCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then
# Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule.
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
$frobbedlang.msg: $lang.po
@echo "\$(MSGFMT) -c --tcl -d \$(srcdir) -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po"; \
\$(MSGFMT) -c --tcl -d "\$(srcdir)" -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po || { rm -f "\$(srcdir)/$frobbedlang.msg"; exit 1; }
EOF
done
fi
if grep -l '@CSHARPCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then
# Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule.
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g'`
cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
$frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll: $lang.po
@echo "\$(MSGFMT) -c --csharp -d \$(srcdir) -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po -r \$(DOMAIN)"; \
\$(MSGFMT) -c --csharp -d "\$(srcdir)" -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po -r "\$(DOMAIN)" || { rm -f "\$(srcdir)/$frobbedlang.msg"; exit 1; }
EOF
done
fi
if test -n "$POMAKEFILEDEPS"; then
cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
Makefile: $POMAKEFILEDEPS
EOF
fi
mv "$ac_file.tmp" "$ac_file"
])

28
m4/stdint_h.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
# stdint_h.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.12)
dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl From Paul Eggert.
# Define HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <stdint.h> exists,
# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for stdint.h], jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h,
[AC_TRY_COMPILE(
[#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdint.h>],
[uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;],
jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=yes,
jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=no)])
if test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
[Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
and declares uintmax_t. ])
fi
])

32
m4/uintmax_t.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
# uintmax_t.m4 serial 7 (gettext-0.12)
dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl From Paul Eggert.
AC_PREREQ(2.13)
# Define uintmax_t to 'unsigned long' or 'unsigned long long'
# if it is not already defined in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.
AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T],
[
AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = no && test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = no; then
AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \
&& ac_type='unsigned long long' \
|| ac_type='unsigned long'
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(uintmax_t, $ac_type,
[Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long
if <stdint.h> and <inttypes.h> don't define.])
else
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UINTMAX_T, 1,
[Define if you have the 'uintmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.])
fi
])

25
m4/ulonglong.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
# ulonglong.m4 serial 3
dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl From Paul Eggert.
# Define HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG if 'unsigned long long' works.
AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned long long], ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long,
[AC_TRY_LINK([unsigned long long ull = 1ULL; int i = 63;],
[unsigned long long ullmax = (unsigned long long) -1;
return ull << i | ull >> i | ullmax / ull | ullmax % ull;],
ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=yes,
ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=no)])
if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG, 1,
[Define if you have the 'unsigned long long' type.])
fi
])

View File

@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ Makefile
Makefile.in
POTFILES
POTFILES.in
stamp-po
*.gmo
*.mo
cat-id-tbl.c

View File

@ -1,3 +1,14 @@
2004-05-26 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
* Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.1.
* boldquot.sed: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* en@boldquot.header: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* en@quot.header: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* insert-header.sin: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* quot.sed: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* remove-potcdate.sin: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
* Rules-quot: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
2004-03-22 Claus Hindsgaul <claus_h@image.dk>
* da.po: update

View File

@ -1,18 +1,18 @@
# Makefile for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package.
# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
# Makefile for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext.
# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2004 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
#
# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
# functionality.
# Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU
# General Public License and is *not* in the public domain.
#
# Origin: gettext-0.14
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
VERSION = @VERSION@
# These two variables depend on the location of this directory.
subdir = po
top_builddir = ..
SHELL = /bin/sh
@SET_MAKE@
@ -29,27 +29,26 @@ gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/po
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac`
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(MKINSTALLDIRS)
CC = @CC@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
MSGMERGE = msgmerge
DEFS = @DEFS@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
MSGMERGE_UPDATE = @MSGMERGE@ --update
MSGINIT = msginit
MSGCONV = msgconv
MSGFILTER = msgfilter
POFILES = @POFILES@
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in.in POTFILES.in $(PACKAGE).pot \
$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) xforms_l10n.pot qt_l10n.pot layouts_l10n.pot \
languages_l10n.pot ui_l10n.pot
UPDATEPOFILES = @UPDATEPOFILES@
DUMMYPOFILES = @DUMMYPOFILES@
DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in.in remove-potcdate.sin \
$(DISTFILES.common.extra1) $(DISTFILES.common.extra2) $(DISTFILES.common.extra3)
DISTFILES = $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars POTFILES.in $(DOMAIN).pot stamp-po \
$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) \
$(DISTFILES.extra1) $(DISTFILES.extra2) $(DISTFILES.extra3)
POTFILE_IN_DEPS = $(shell find $(top_srcdir)/src -name Makefile.am)
@ -57,51 +56,103 @@ POTFILES = \
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
# Makevars gets inserted here. (Don't remove this line!)
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .o .po .pox .gmo .mo
.c.o:
$(COMPILE) $<
.po.pox:
$(MAKE) $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot
$(MSGMERGE) $< $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot -o $*.pox
.SUFFIXES: .po .gmo .mo .sed .sin .nop .po-create .po-update
.po.mo:
$(MSGFMT) -o $@ $<
@echo "$(MSGFMT) -c -o $@ $<"; \
$(MSGFMT) -c -o t-$@ $< && mv t-$@ $@
.po.gmo:
file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.gmo \
&& case "$(GMSGFMT)" in \
*/msgfmt) rm -f $$file && $(GMSGFMT) --statistics -o $$file $<;; \
*) touch $$file ;; \
esac
@lang=`echo $* | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`; \
test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
echo "$${cdcmd}rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po"; \
cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po && mv t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.gmo
.sin.sed:
sed -e '/^#/d' $< > t-$@
mv t-$@ $@
all: all-@USE_NLS@
all-yes: $(CATALOGS)
all-yes: stamp-po
all-no:
# Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot',
# stamp-po is a timestamp denoting the last time at which the CATALOGS have
# been loosely updated. Its purpose is that when a developer or translator
# checks out the package via CVS, and the $(DOMAIN).pot file is not in CVS,
# "make" will update the $(DOMAIN).pot and the $(CATALOGS), but subsequent
# invocations of "make" will do nothing. This timestamp would not be necessary
# if updating the $(CATALOGS) would always touch them; however, the rule for
# $(POFILES) has been designed to not touch files that don't need to be
# changed.
stamp-po: $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
test -z "$(GMOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(GMOFILES)
@echo "touch stamp-po"
@echo timestamp > stamp-poT
@mv stamp-poT stamp-po
# Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(DOMAIN).pot-update',
# otherwise packages like GCC can not be built if only parts of the source
# have been downloaded.
$(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in l10n_pots
$(XGETTEXT) --join-existing --default-domain=$(PACKAGE) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
--escape --add-comments --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ \
--keyword=qt_ --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \
&& test ! -f $(PACKAGE).po \
|| ( rm -f $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot \
&& mv $(PACKAGE).po $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot || true)
# This target rebuilds $(DOMAIN).pot; it is an expensive operation.
# Note that $(DOMAIN).pot is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed.
$(DOMAIN).pot-update: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in l10n_pots remove-potcdate.sed
$(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
--add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) \
--files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \
--copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)' \
--msgid-bugs-address='$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)'
test ! -f $(DOMAIN).po || { \
if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \
sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot > $(DOMAIN).1po && \
sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(DOMAIN).po > $(DOMAIN).2po && \
if cmp $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(DOMAIN).po; \
else \
rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot && \
mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \
fi; \
else \
mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \
fi; \
}
# This rule has no dependencies: we don't need to update $(DOMAIN).pot at
# every "make" invocation, only create it when it is missing.
# Only "make $(DOMAIN).pot-update" or "make dist" will force an update.
$(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot:
$(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update
# This target rebuilds a PO file if $(DOMAIN).pot has changed.
# Note that a PO file is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed.
$(POFILES): $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
@lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's,.*/,,' -e 's/\.po$$//'`; \
if test -f "$(srcdir)/$${lang}.po"; then \
test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot"; \
cd $(srcdir) && $(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot; \
else \
$(MAKE) $${lang}.po-create; \
fi
install: install-exec install-data
install-exec:
install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in.in \
$(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \
for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
$(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
for file in Makevars; do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
else \
: ; \
fi
@ -111,41 +162,118 @@ install-data-yes: all
@catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
if test -r $$cat; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo; \
echo "installing $$cat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo"; \
else \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo; \
echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \
"$(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo"; \
if test -r $$cat; then realcat=$$cat; else realcat=$(srcdir)/$$cat; fi; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$realcat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
echo "installing $$realcat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \
for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
if test -n "$$lc"; then \
if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \
link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \
mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
(cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \
for file in *; do \
if test -f $$file; then \
ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \
fi; \
done); \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
else \
if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \
:; \
else \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
fi; \
fi; \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
ln -s ../LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \
ln $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \
cp -p $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
echo "installing $$realcat link as $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \
fi; \
done; \
done
install-strip: install
installdirs: installdirs-exec installdirs-data
installdirs-exec:
installdirs-data: installdirs-data-@USE_NLS@
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
else \
: ; \
fi
installdirs-data-no:
installdirs-data-yes:
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)
@catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
if test -n "$$lc"; then \
if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \
link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \
mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
(cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \
for file in *; do \
if test -f $$file; then \
ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \
fi; \
done); \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
else \
if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \
:; \
else \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
fi; \
fi; \
fi; \
done; \
done
# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
installcheck:
uninstall:
catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE).mo; \
done
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \
uninstall: uninstall-exec uninstall-data
uninstall-exec:
uninstall-data: uninstall-data-@USE_NLS@
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
else \
: ; \
fi
uninstall-data-no:
uninstall-data-yes:
catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
for lc in LC_MESSAGES $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
done; \
done
check: all
dvi info tags TAGS ID:
info dvi ps pdf html tags TAGS ctags CTAGS ID:
mostlyclean:
rm -f core core.* *.pox $(PACKAGE).po *.new.po
rm -f remove-potcdate.sed
rm -f stamp-poT
rm -f core core.* $(DOMAIN).po $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po *.new.po
rm -fr *.o
clean: mostlyclean
@ -156,7 +284,7 @@ distclean: clean
maintainer-clean: distclean
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
rm -f $(GMOFILES)
rm -f stamp-po $(GMOFILES)
distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
dist distdir:
@ -165,33 +293,70 @@ dist distdir:
# This is a separate target because 'update-po' must be executed before.
dist2: $(DISTFILES)
dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
dists="$$dists Makevars.template"; \
fi; \
if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog; then \
dists="$$dists ChangeLog"; \
fi; \
for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9; do \
if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog.$$i; then \
dists="$$dists ChangeLog.$$i"; \
fi; \
done; \
if test -f $(srcdir)/LINGUAS; then dists="$$dists LINGUAS"; fi; \
for file in $$dists; do \
if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
if test -f $$file; then \
cp -p $$file $(distdir); \
else \
cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
fi; \
done
update-po: Makefile
$(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \
cd $(srcdir); \
catalogs='$(GMOFILES)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
echo "$$lang:"; \
if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(PACKAGE).pot -o $$lang.new.po; then \
mv -f $$lang.new.po $$lang.po; \
else \
echo "msgmerge for $$cat failed!"; \
rm -f $$lang.new.po; \
fi; \
done
$(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update
test -z "$(UPDATEPOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(UPDATEPOFILES)
$(MAKE) update-gmo
# General rule for creating PO files.
.nop.po-create:
@lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-create$$//'`; \
echo "File $$lang.po does not exist. If you are a translator, you can create it through 'msginit'." 1>&2; \
exit 1
# General rule for updating PO files.
.nop.po-update:
@lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update$$//'`; \
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \
tmpdir=`pwd`; \
echo "$$lang:"; \
test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$lang.new.po"; \
cd $(srcdir); \
if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \
if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
else \
if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \
:; \
else \
echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \
exit 1; \
fi; \
fi; \
else \
echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \
rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
fi
$(DUMMYPOFILES):
update-gmo: Makefile $(GMOFILES)
@:
Makefile: Makefile.in.in $(top_builddir)/config.status POTFILES.in
Makefile: Makefile.in.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @POMAKEFILEDEPS@
cd $(top_builddir) \
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \
$(SHELL) ./config.status
@ -205,7 +370,6 @@ ${srcdir}/POTFILES.in: $(POTFILE_IN_DEPS)
sort | uniq ) > $@-t \
&& mv $@-t $@
l10n_pots: $(srcdir)/xforms_l10n.pot $(srcdir)/qt_l10n.pot $(srcdir)/layouts_l10n.pot $(srcdir)/languages_l10n.pot $(srcdir)/ui_l10n.pot
cat $(srcdir)/xforms_l10n.pot $(srcdir)/qt_l10n.pot $(srcdir)/layouts_l10n.pot $(srcdir)/languages_l10n.pot $(srcdir)/ui_l10n.pot | \
msguniq -o $(PACKAGE).po
@ -269,8 +433,8 @@ $(srcdir)/layouts_l10n.pot: $(top_srcdir)/lib/layouts/*.layout $(top_srcdir)/lib
sub(/[[:space:]]*GuiName[[:space:]]*/, "", line); \
printf("#: %s:%d\nmsgid \"%s\"\nmsgstr \"\"\n\n", \
FILENAME, FNR, line); \
} \
' ../lib/layouts/*.layout ../lib/layouts/*.inc > layouts_l10n.pot
}' \
../lib/layouts/*.layout ../lib/layouts/*.inc > layouts_l10n.pot
$(srcdir)/languages_l10n.pot: $(top_srcdir)/lib/languages
cd ${srcdir} ; \
@ -284,8 +448,8 @@ $(srcdir)/languages_l10n.pot: $(top_srcdir)/lib/languages
gsub(/\"/, "", lang); \
printf("#: %s:%d\nmsgid \"%s\"\nmsgstr \"\"\n\n", \
FILENAME, FNR, lang); \
} \
' ../lib/languages > languages_l10n.pot
}' \
../lib/languages > languages_l10n.pot
$(srcdir)/ui_l10n.pot: $(top_srcdir)/lib/ui/*.ui
cd ${srcdir} ; \
@ -311,8 +475,10 @@ $(srcdir)/ui_l10n.pot: $(top_srcdir)/lib/ui/*.ui
sub(/".*/, "", line); \
printf("#: %s:%d\nmsgid \"%s\"\nmsgstr \"\"\n\n", \
FILENAME, FNR, line); \
} \
' ../lib/ui/*.ui > ui_l10n.pot
}' \
../lib/ui/*.ui > ui_l10n.pot
force:
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.

41
po/Makevars Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
# Makefile variables for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext.
# Usually the message domain is the same as the package name.
DOMAIN = $(PACKAGE)
# These two variables depend on the location of this directory.
subdir = po
top_builddir = ..
# These options get passed to xgettext.
XGETTEXT_OPTIONS = --join-existing --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ --keyword=qt_
# This is the copyright holder that gets inserted into the header of the
# $(DOMAIN).pot file. Set this to the copyright holder of the surrounding
# package. (Note that the msgstr strings, extracted from the package's
# sources, belong to the copyright holder of the package.) Translators are
# expected to transfer the copyright for their translations to this person
# or entity, or to disclaim their copyright. The empty string stands for
# the public domain; in this case the translators are expected to disclaim
# their copyright.
COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = LyX Developers
# This is the email address or URL to which the translators shall report
# bugs in the untranslated strings:
# - Strings which are not entire sentences, see the maintainer guidelines
# in the GNU gettext documentation, section 'Preparing Strings'.
# - Strings which use unclear terms or require additional context to be
# understood.
# - Strings which make invalid assumptions about notation of date, time or
# money.
# - Pluralisation problems.
# - Incorrect English spelling.
# - Incorrect formatting.
# It can be your email address, or a mailing list address where translators
# can write to without being subscribed, or the URL of a web page through
# which the translators can contact you.
MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS = lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org
# This is the list of locale categories, beyond LC_MESSAGES, for which the
# message catalogs shall be used. It is usually empty.
EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES =

47
po/Rules-quot Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
# Special Makefile rules for English message catalogs with quotation marks.
DISTFILES.common.extra1 = quot.sed boldquot.sed en@quot.header en@boldquot.header insert-header.sin Rules-quot
.SUFFIXES: .insert-header .po-update-en
en@quot.po-create:
$(MAKE) en@quot.po-update
en@boldquot.po-create:
$(MAKE) en@boldquot.po-update
en@quot.po-update: en@quot.po-update-en
en@boldquot.po-update: en@boldquot.po-update-en
.insert-header.po-update-en:
@lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update-en$$//'`; \
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; GETTEXTLIBDIR=`cd $(top_srcdir)/src && pwd`; export GETTEXTLIBDIR; fi; \
tmpdir=`pwd`; \
echo "$$lang:"; \
ll=`echo $$lang | sed -e 's/@.*//'`; \
LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; \
cd $(srcdir); \
if $(MSGINIT) -i $(DOMAIN).pot --no-translator -l $$ll -o - 2>/dev/null | sed -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.insert-header | $(MSGCONV) -t UTF-8 | $(MSGFILTER) sed -f `echo $$lang | sed -e 's/.*@//'`.sed 2>/dev/null > $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \
if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
else \
if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \
:; \
else \
echo "creation of $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \
exit 1; \
fi; \
fi; \
else \
echo "creation of $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \
rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
fi
en@quot.insert-header: insert-header.sin
sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@quot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@quot.insert-header
en@boldquot.insert-header: insert-header.sin
sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@boldquot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@boldquot.insert-header
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-quot
mostlyclean-quot:
rm -f *.insert-header

10
po/boldquot.sed Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g
s/`\([^`']*\)'/\1/g
s/ '\([^`']*\)' / \1 /g
s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ \1/g
s/^'\([^`']*\)' /\1 /g
s/“”/""/g
s///g
s//”/g
s///g
s///g

25
po/en@boldquot.header Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27)
# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see
# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
#
# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to
# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019).
# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to
# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019)
# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to
# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D).
#
# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly.
# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are
# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to
# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are
# transliterated to 0x22.
# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are
# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are
# transliterated to 0x22.
#
# This catalog furthermore displays the text between the quotation marks in
# bold face, assuming the VT100/XTerm escape sequences.
#

22
po/en@quot.header Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27)
# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see
# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
#
# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to
# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019).
# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to
# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019)
# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to
# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D).
#
# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly.
# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are
# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to
# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are
# transliterated to 0x22.
# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are
# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are
# transliterated to 0x22.
#

23
po/insert-header.sin Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
# Sed script that inserts the file called HEADER before the header entry.
#
# At each occurrence of a line starting with "msgid ", we execute the following
# commands. At the first occurrence, insert the file. At the following
# occurrences, do nothing. The distinction between the first and the following
# occurrences is achieved by looking at the hold space.
/^msgid /{
x
# Test if the hold space is empty.
s/m/m/
ta
# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Read the file.
r HEADER
# Output the file's contents by reading the next line. But don't lose the
# current line while doing this.
g
N
bb
:a
# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing.
x
:b
}

View File

@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nn\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2003-11-24 18:00+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-12-14 21:23+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-05-26 18:49+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ingar Parelisussen <ingar.pareliussen@chembio.ntnu.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Nynorsk <nn@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@ -8044,12 +8044,12 @@ msgstr "Formaterer dokumentet ..."
#: src/BufferView_pimpl.C:643
#, c-format
msgid "Saved bookmark %1$s"
msgstr "Lagra bokmerke %1$d"
msgstr "Lagra bokmerke %1$s"
#: src/BufferView_pimpl.C:676
#, c-format
msgid "Moved to bookmark %1$s"
msgstr "Flytta bokmerke %1$d"
msgstr "Flytta bokmerke %1$s"
#: src/BufferView_pimpl.C:793
msgid "Select LyX document to insert"
@ -8336,7 +8336,7 @@ msgstr "ignorer"
#: src/LaTeX.C:87
#, c-format
msgid "Waiting for LaTeX run number %1$s"
msgstr "Ventar: LaTeX køyring nummer %1$d"
msgstr "Ventar: LaTeX køyring nummer %1$s"
#: src/LaTeX.C:277 src/LaTeX.C:345
msgid "Running MakeIndex."
@ -8595,7 +8595,7 @@ msgstr " Lagring fungerte ikkje. Diverre har dokumentet g
#: src/bufferparams.C:230
#, c-format
msgid "The document uses a missing TeX class \"%1$s\".\n"
msgstr "Dokumentet nyttar ei ukjent tekstklasse \"%1$\".\n"
msgstr "Dokumentet nyttar ei ukjent tekstklasse \"%1$s\".\n"
#: src/bufferparams.C:232
msgid "Document class not available"
@ -12189,7 +12189,7 @@ msgstr "Kunne ikkje opna dokumentet %1$s"
#: src/lyxfunc.C:1618
#, c-format
msgid "Select %1$s file to import"
msgstr "Vel stilen som skal importerast:"
msgstr "Vel %1$s filen som skal importerast:"
#: src/lyxfunc.C:1735
msgid "Welcome to LyX!"

6
po/quot.sed Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g
s/`\([^`']*\)'/\1/g
s/ '\([^`']*\)' / \1 /g
s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ \1/g
s/^'\([^`']*\)' /\1 /g
s/“”/""/g

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More